Survey
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Download ENERGY LABORATORY
Document related concepts
Pulse-width modulation wikipedia , lookup
Electronic engineering wikipedia , lookup
Power over Ethernet wikipedia , lookup
Electrical substation wikipedia , lookup
Voltage optimisation wikipedia , lookup
Fault tolerance wikipedia , lookup
Switched-mode power supply wikipedia , lookup
Variable-frequency drive wikipedia , lookup
Alternating current wikipedia , lookup
History of electric power transmission wikipedia , lookup
Distributed control system wikipedia , lookup
Life-cycle greenhouse-gas emissions of energy sources wikipedia , lookup
Control system wikipedia , lookup
Power engineering wikipedia , lookup
Mains electricity wikipedia , lookup
Immunity-aware programming wikipedia , lookup
Transcript
"Technical Information" TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ENERGY LABORATORY (5TV) * Center: "........................................................" * Country: "................................................................" * Date: "................................................................" * Issue: "................................................................" Quality Certificates: Worlddidac Member ISO 9000: Quality Management (for Design, Manufacturing, Commercialization and After-sales service) European Union Certificate (total safety) Certificates ISO 14000 and ECO-Management and Audit Scheme (environmental management) Worlddidac Quality Charter Certificate (Worlddidac Member) Technical and Vocational Education Energy Laboratory (5TV) Index - Classroom and Laboratory Lay Out (Example). - List of modules and teaching units included plus summarised catalogues (included in priority 1 + 2 + 3). Ref.:5TV-pre(01/11) Classroom and Laboratory Lay Out TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ENERGY LABORATORY (Example of Priority 1) (5TV) 32 cm OTHER TEACHING AND NON TEACHING UNITS TEACHER DESK 90x60 1,4 cm Unit LOCAL NET WITH SCADA-NET SYSTEM MPSSC 1,6 cm 1,5 cm Web-cam Computer for each Teaching Unit Teacher and Student Desk with computers Table for Teaching Unit OTHER PRIORITIES INT MINI-EESTC Unit INT Unit ROOM 3 OTHER TEACHING AND NON TEACHING UNITS 25 cm Unit Teaching Unit INT Electronic Interface 90x40 Cupboard 150x80 cm 48x35 cm EDIBON ESN SCADA-NET 90x60 cm 80x30 Table office Shelves Table E: 1:100 9 cm OTHER PRIORITIES Unit EDIBON ESN SCADA-NET STOCK 90x60 MINI-EESF ELE-KIT 90x60 PROJECTOR INT COMPUTER CONTROLLED UNITS 150x80 150x80 150x80 90x40 90x40 90x40 ROOM 2 MAIN ELECTRICAL CABINET 90x60 EMERGENCY DOOR ROOM 1 MAIN WATER CABINET 90x60 2,7 cm 90x40 150x80 06x051 MAIN AIR PANEL 90x60 90x40 TOILET 100x40 ELECTRONIC BLACKBOARD SERVICES MANAGER ROOM 90x60 TOILET INT Unit 90x40 150x80 Unit LIELBA SEMINARY MINI-EEEC EXPANSIONS SPACE STUDENT TOILET STAND ALONG AND DANGEROUS UNITS INT 90x40 3,3 cm Technical and Vocational Education Energy Laboratory (5TV) List of modules and teaching units included plus Summarised Catalogues Priority 1 0400. Electricity 0453-450/20S: Energy Installations (20 CAI + CAL) 0453-451/20S: Energy Installations (20 CAI + CAL) 0453-452/20S: Energy Installations (20 CAI + CAL) 0453/10A: EnergyInstallations (10 MUAD) 0463K-460K/20S: Energy Installations "kit" (20 CAI + CAL) 0463K-461K/20S: Energy Installations "kit" (20 CAI + CAL) 0463K-462K/20S: Energy Installations "kit" (20 CAI + CAL) 0463/10B: Energy Installations "kit" (10 BASK + CABD) 0500. Energy 0510: Energy: Modular Power System Simulator Basic Module 0511: Energy: Modular Power Simulator (ESN) 0530/20S:Basic Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0530/PLC: PLCs Module 0500/ESN: EDIBON Scada-Net for Energy units Ref.:5TV-pre(01/11) issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0453-450/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. LIELBA . "INDUSTRIAL " ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: AE1 ALI01 CAR18 CAR08 APPLICATION - AERIAL LINE MODEL,INCLUDED INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AERIAL LINE MODEL. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE INDUCTIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 220 / 127 V, 1000 VA. PETERSEN COIL. 1 1 1 1 CAR11 CAR14 TRA05 TRA18 1 1 1 1 2 AE1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - AERIAL LINE MODEL 20 3 AE1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - AERIAL LINE MODEL. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 4 AE8 APPLICATION - POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS,INCLUYE: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). 3-POLES CONTACTOR (220 VAC). 2 DOUBLE PUSH-BUTTONS (230 VAC). TIME ELECTRONIC RELAY AGAINST OVERCURRENTS (0.3 - 1.5 A). NETWORK ANALYZER. MOTOR (EMT7) (SQUIRREL CAGE). DYNAMO BRAKE 300W TACHODYNAMO 60V,1000 R.P.M. 1 ALI01 ALI03 CON02 PUL11 REL08 MED60 VAR02 FREND. TECNEL/T. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 AE8/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS 20 6 AE8/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 7 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 8 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 CABD CABLES KIT 1 10 0430PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 11 0430PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 9 Ref: 0453-450/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 12 0430IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 13 0430CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 14 0430TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 15 0430MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 1 APPLICATIONS Frame 2 (applications support) (AD1A) (AI1) (BASB) Modules automatic anchorage system High Safety (AD3A) APPLICATIONS Automatic earth connection system (AI2) Sight of the frame with some modules allocated or (BASS) (AD5) (AI4) (AI5) (AD6A) 3 4.- Electricity Sight of the frame with some modules allocated CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Teaching Technique used (AD8) INS/SOF. (AE7) Teacher Software EMT../SOF. Student/Module Software (AD9A) 4 (AE8) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box (AD13) (AE9) DAB. Data adquisition board MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other APPLICATIONS TOTALLY SAFETY SYSTEM Other APPLICATIONS The complete laboratory includes part 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 ,and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Frame (BASB or BASS) + one Application + Manuals. Available Applications: ! Domestic Electric Installations: AD1A. Robbery alarm station. AD3A. Fire alarm station. AD5. Temporization of stairs. AD6A. Luminosity control station. AD8. Blinds activator. AD9A. Heating control station. AD11A. Network analyzer. AD13. Audio door entry system. AD14. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A. Position control station. AD17A. Photoelectric control position station. AD24. Position Switch. AD19A. Sound station. AD22. Flooding control station. AD23. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A. C o n t r o l s t a t i o n f o r domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A. Integral control station of domestic electric systems. AD30. Gas control station. AD31. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. ! Industrial Electric Installations: AI1. Star-delta starter. AI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. AI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4. Starter-inverter. AI5. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6. DC motor starter. AI7. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. AI10. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1. Aerial line model. AE2. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. AE4. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5. Relay control station. AE6. Energy counters control station. AE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 37 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Frame Applications support. There are two options to chose: BAS-B. Basic Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Possibility of housing up to 10 different modules. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. or BASS. Double Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Double frame, single side working post. Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Dimensions approx.:1300mm x 800mm x 700mm. Possibility of housing until 12 different modules at the same time. Transparent internal separation. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. Dimensions: 1300x800x700mm. approx. Weight: 2 Applications Main features: Painted steel modules. All modules have handles and diagram. Automatic anchorage system for housing the modules in the frame. Automatic earth connection in the modules. Safety connections. Safety wires. There is a manual for each application (8 manuals normally supplied). Domestic Electrical Installations AD1A. Robbery Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27. Glass Break Detector. INT32. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. VAR07. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD1A.pdf AD3A. Fire Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21. Indoor Siren. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET22. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD5. Temporization of Stairs SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10. Automatic of Stairs. INT21. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM13. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD5.pdf AD6A. Luminosity Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W/230Vac. INT18. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD6A.pdf Page 38 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD8. Blinds Activator SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19. Twilight Detector. DET20. Light Detector. VAR01. Motor for Blinds / Curtains. PUL29. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD9A. Heating Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. MED76. Thermostat for Heating. MED77. Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac. (2 units). TIM01. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25. Pointer Frequency Meter(45-65Hz). MED32. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30. 1-Phase Phasemeter 230V. MED38. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63. Synchronoscope. MED64. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD13. Audio Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01. Phones Power Supply. POR02. Phone. POR03. Interphone. POR06. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD14. Audio and Video Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06. Lock. POR05. Phone/Monitor. POR04. Video Camera. POR07. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD14.pdf AD15A. Position Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD17A. Photoelectric Control Position Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 39 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity AD11A. Network Analyzer 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD24. Position Switch SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply. LAM03. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-switch. SEN02. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD19A. Sound Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06. Basic Audio Central. AUD20. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD22. Flooding Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET11. Probe for Water Electro-valve. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD25A. Control Station for Domestic Electric Services through the Telephone SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01. Basic Control Module. DET01. Flooding Detector. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). (3units). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05. Tones Dialling Telephone. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD28A. Integral Control Station of Domestic Electric Systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02. Advanced Control Module. CTR05. Power Module 72W. CTR07. Timers Module. CTR08. Inputs Module 24V. CTR11. Outputs Module 24V. CTR17. Infrared Remote Control for Control Modules. CTR18. Infrared Receptor. DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09. Intrusion Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08. Monitor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD28A.pdf Page 40 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 AD30. Gas Control Station (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02. Gas Detector. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD31. Movement and Sound Detection and Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22. 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 4.- Electricity AD32. 24vac/12vdc Circuits Analyzer 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD33. Installations Faults Simulator PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators (2 units). ENC09. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device.(2 units). COM21.Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators. (2 units). LAM01. Lamps. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65. Digital Multimeter. FUS04. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Fault box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electrical Installations AI1. Star-Delta Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac. (3 units)). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the starter. Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. Measurement of the star current and delta current. Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI2 Starter through Auto-transformer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI3. Speed Commutator for Dahlander Motor SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 41 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI4. Starter-Inverter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11. 3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL03. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI5. AC Wound Rotor Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ 4.- Electricity catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI6. DC Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03. 3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI7. Automatic Change of Speed of a Dahlander Motor with Change of Direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24. 3-pole+neutral Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (5 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. AI8. Reactive Power Compensation (Power Factor Correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load,150 ohm, 500W. CAR09. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12. Inductive Load 0-33-78-140-193-236 mH. (2 units). MED60B.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AI8.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. AI9. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W. Resistance 1600 W. COM12.Commutator/Switch. PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD13. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI10. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TN Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 42 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI11. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in IT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02. 2-pole Load Switch. (2 units). CPA. Isolation Permanent Controller. Capacitor 300V. 200 nF .(2 units). Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. 2.- Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). More information in: 4.- Operation of the isolation controller. 1.- Study of an isolation simple fault. 5.- Study of the ground loop impedance. 3.- Study with several masses. www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf A12. Modular Trainer (AC Motors) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI12.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through contactor, with some stop and start push-buttons. 2.- Configuration of a magnetic protection system, with stop mush room button. 3.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with a switch. 4.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through impulses contactor. 5.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with pushbuttons and signalling. 6.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with two boxes of push-buttons and signalling. 7.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 8.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor without stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 9.- Turning inverted starter of a three- phase motor with microswitch and push-buttons box. 10.- Star-delta starting with an turn inverter of a three-phase motor. 11.- Automatic star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 12.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor with microswitch, with start push-buttons, stop and function cycle. (Direct). 13.- Manual star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 14.- Control of a single phase motor direct and, with time-delay connection and disconnection. 15.- Starting of a three-phase motor with single- phase voltage. 16.- Motor speed control with a variator. 17.-Parameters of the motor through software. 18.-Control of a two-speeds Dahlander motor. AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI10. Power Supply Module CAR30. Inductances Module CAR31. Capacitors Module CAR32. Rectifier Diodes Module CAR33 .Resistive Components Module LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp LAM26. Lighting Module MED65.Digital Multimeter REL50. Relays Module. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage) VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. TRA28. Three-phase transformer VAR16. Electromagnetism Kits with group of motor/generator VAR17. Dismantled transformer kit VAR18. Electrostatic kit VAR25. Open Universal Motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI13.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Estatic Electricity: 1.- Static electricity checking,with an electroscope and anelectrometer. 2.- Static electricity experiments. Direct current (DC) and Alternating Current (AC): 3.- Ohm´s law verification. 4.- Installation of the resistive components module. 5.- Total resistance of a circuit in series. 6. Resistance of a circuit in parallel. 7.- Power measurement of a resistive circuit. 8.- Total resistance of a circuit in series/in parallel. 9.- Connection of lamps in series. 10.-Lamps in parallel. 11.-Analysis of the variable resistances response curve. 12.-Voltage divider analysis. 13.-Lamp with variable lighting. 14.-Simplification systems: Application of Kirchhoff´s first law. Application of Kirchhoff´s second law. Thevenin´s and Norton´s Theorem. 15.-Application of the superposition theorem. 16.-Resistive circuits in delta. 17.-Measurement and visualization of the alternating current. 18.-Measurement of the phase angle among voltages (AC). Dynamic Electricity: 19.- Identification of the components of the trainer. 20.-Preparation of the power supply and of the measurement instruments Electric capacity: 21.-Load and unload analysis of a capacitor. Magnetism, Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic induction: 22.-Electromagnetic Induction. 23.-Electromagnetic Induction. 24.- Electromagnet: Oersted's experiment. 25.- The electromagnetic field (Electromagnets). Motors: 26.-Electric motors 27.-Generators. Page 43 28.-Identification, coils measurement and starting-up of a single-phase motor. 29.-Identification, measurement and starting-up of an universal motor. 30.-Identification, coils measuremt and starting-up of a three phase motor. Transformers: 31.-Experiments and practices with a dismantled transformer. 32.-Identification of the three-phase transformer. 33.-Connection as single-phase transformer. 34.-Star/star three-phase connection. 35.-Reverse star/star three-phase connection . 36.-Direct delta/delta three-phase connection. 37.-Star/delta three-phase connection. 38.-Three-phase/six-phase connection. 39.-Transformer with coils in series in phase. RL, RC and RCL Circuits: 40.-Analysis of a RL circuit in series. 41.-Analysis of a RL circuit in parallel. 42.-Analysis of a RC circuit in series. 43.-Analysis of a RC circuit in parallel. 44.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in series. 45.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in parallel. Rectification and filtrate: 46.-Analysis of the rectifier diode response curve. 47.-Half wave rectification . 48.-Rectification to feed the universal motor. 49.-Double wave rectification with two windings. 50.-Double wave with a Graezt's bridge. 51.-Half wave three-phase rectification. 52.-Three-phase rectification in bridge. Electric circuits: 53.-Basic electric installation with lamps. 54.-Lamps controlled from two points and from three points. 55.-Lamps control by a switch relay. 56.-Lamps control by a commutato relay. 57.-Installation of a fluorescent tube www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). PUL48. 3 Double Chamber Push-buttons. (2 units). LAM02. Auxiliary Lamps(3 lamps. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (4 units). VAR09. Frequency variator. REL30. Synchronization Relay (variable delay). REL47. Thermal relay (GV protector) module (2 units). REL45. Module with disjunctor. IAM31. 4-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch,4A,Curve C FUS10. Module with 3 fuse-holders and power fuses. TRA06. 3-Phase Power Transformer (custom made). CAR10. Capacitive Load (custom made). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Energy Installations AE1. Aerial Line Model SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. TRA18. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j= 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE1.pdf AE2. Reactive Energy Control and Compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE2.pdf AE3. Test Unit for Magneto-thermal Automatic Switches 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE4. Test Unit for Differential Automatic Switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE5. Relay Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE6. Energy Counters Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72. Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE6.pdf AE7. Multi-Functional Electrical Protection Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE8. Power & Torque Measurements of Electrical Motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents (0.3-1.5A). MED60. Network Analyzer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 44 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) AE9. Directional Relay: Earth Fault Detection. Directional Power Flow Detection. Reactive Power Flow Detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-Phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01. 3-Pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11. 3-Phase Capacitive Load. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: http://www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Software CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between application/ module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Application Software (A.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Application (several modules) Instructor Software Student/Application Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the applications, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. A.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Application Software). It explains how to use the applications, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each application has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Applications Software Packages: ! Domestic Electrical Installations: AD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm Station. AD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. AD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. AD6A/SOF. L u m i n o s i t y c o n t r o l station. AD8/SOF. Blinds activator. AD9A/SOF. Heating control station. AD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. AD13/SOF. A u d i o d o o r e n t r y system. AD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A/SOF. Position control station. AD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. AD24/SOF. Position Switch. AD19A/SOF.Sound station. AD22/SOF. Flooding control station. AD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domesticelectric systems. AD30/SOF. Gas control station. AD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33/SOF. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. Industrial Electrical Installations: AI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. AI2/SOF. Starter through autotransformer. AI3/SOF. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. AI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6/SOF. DC motor starter. AI7/SOF. A u t o m a t i c c h a n g e o f speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8/SOF. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9/SOF. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical c o n t a c t s inTT neutral regimen. AI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12/SOF. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13/SOF. M o d u l a r Tr a i n e r f o r Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1/SOF. Aerial line model. AE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automaticswitches. AE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5/SOF. Relay control station. AE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. AE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9/SOF. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 45 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity 3 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) Cables to interface 2 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board 1 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the applications/modules and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the application/module with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS. (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 46 MUAD/SOF issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0453-451/20S ITEM 1 REFERENCE 1 / 2 DESCRIPTION LIELBA . "INDUSTRIAL " ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: AE2 APPLICATION - REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE INDUCTIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). ALI01 CAR11 CAR14 CAR08 QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 AE2/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION 20 3 AE2/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 4 AE3 APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 2-POLE MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCH 1 A, CURVE C. VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. TRANSFORMER FOR EXPERIMENTS (CUSTOM MADE). 1 ALI01 IAM13 CAR04 TRA19 1 1 1 1 5 AE3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES 20 6 AE3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 7 AE4 APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 1-POLE + NEUTRAL DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCH, 6 A, 30 MA, CLASS A. VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 1 ALI01 IAD01 CAR04 1 1 1 8 AE4/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES 20 9 AE4/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 10 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 11 MUAD ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD 1 EPIB DAB 1 1 Ref: 0453-451/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 11 MUAD/SOF DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 12 CABD CABLES KIT 1 13 0431PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 14 0431PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 15 0431IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 16 0431CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 17 0431TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 18 0431MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 1 APPLICATIONS Frame 2 (applications support) (AD1A) (AI1) (BASB) Modules automatic anchorage system High Safety (AD3A) APPLICATIONS Automatic earth connection system (AI2) Sight of the frame with some modules allocated or (BASS) (AD5) (AI4) (AI5) (AD6A) 3 4.- Electricity Sight of the frame with some modules allocated CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Teaching Technique used (AD8) INS/SOF. (AE7) Teacher Software EMT../SOF. Student/Module Software (AD9A) 4 (AE8) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box (AD13) (AE9) DAB. Data adquisition board MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other APPLICATIONS TOTALLY SAFETY SYSTEM Other APPLICATIONS The complete laboratory includes part 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 ,and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Frame (BASB or BASS) + one Application + Manuals. Available Applications: ! Domestic Electric Installations: AD1A. Robbery alarm station. AD3A. Fire alarm station. AD5. Temporization of stairs. AD6A. Luminosity control station. AD8. Blinds activator. AD9A. Heating control station. AD11A. Network analyzer. AD13. Audio door entry system. AD14. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A. Position control station. AD17A. Photoelectric control position station. AD24. Position Switch. AD19A. Sound station. AD22. Flooding control station. AD23. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A. C o n t r o l s t a t i o n f o r domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A. Integral control station of domestic electric systems. AD30. Gas control station. AD31. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. ! Industrial Electric Installations: AI1. Star-delta starter. AI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. AI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4. Starter-inverter. AI5. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6. DC motor starter. AI7. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. AI10. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1. Aerial line model. AE2. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. AE4. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5. Relay control station. AE6. Energy counters control station. AE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 37 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Frame Applications support. There are two options to chose: BAS-B. Basic Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Possibility of housing up to 10 different modules. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. or BASS. Double Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Double frame, single side working post. Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Dimensions approx.:1300mm x 800mm x 700mm. Possibility of housing until 12 different modules at the same time. Transparent internal separation. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. Dimensions: 1300x800x700mm. approx. Weight: 2 Applications Main features: Painted steel modules. All modules have handles and diagram. Automatic anchorage system for housing the modules in the frame. Automatic earth connection in the modules. Safety connections. Safety wires. There is a manual for each application (8 manuals normally supplied). Domestic Electrical Installations AD1A. Robbery Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27. Glass Break Detector. INT32. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. VAR07. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD1A.pdf AD3A. Fire Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21. Indoor Siren. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET22. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD5. Temporization of Stairs SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10. Automatic of Stairs. INT21. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM13. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD5.pdf AD6A. Luminosity Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W/230Vac. INT18. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD6A.pdf Page 38 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD8. Blinds Activator SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19. Twilight Detector. DET20. Light Detector. VAR01. Motor for Blinds / Curtains. PUL29. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD9A. Heating Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. MED76. Thermostat for Heating. MED77. Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac. (2 units). TIM01. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25. Pointer Frequency Meter(45-65Hz). MED32. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30. 1-Phase Phasemeter 230V. MED38. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63. Synchronoscope. MED64. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD13. Audio Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01. Phones Power Supply. POR02. Phone. POR03. Interphone. POR06. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD14. Audio and Video Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06. Lock. POR05. Phone/Monitor. POR04. Video Camera. POR07. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD14.pdf AD15A. Position Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD17A. Photoelectric Control Position Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 39 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity AD11A. Network Analyzer 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD24. Position Switch SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply. LAM03. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-switch. SEN02. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD19A. Sound Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06. Basic Audio Central. AUD20. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD22. Flooding Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET11. Probe for Water Electro-valve. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD25A. Control Station for Domestic Electric Services through the Telephone SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01. Basic Control Module. DET01. Flooding Detector. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). (3units). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05. Tones Dialling Telephone. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD28A. Integral Control Station of Domestic Electric Systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02. Advanced Control Module. CTR05. Power Module 72W. CTR07. Timers Module. CTR08. Inputs Module 24V. CTR11. Outputs Module 24V. CTR17. Infrared Remote Control for Control Modules. CTR18. Infrared Receptor. DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09. Intrusion Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08. Monitor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD28A.pdf Page 40 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 AD30. Gas Control Station (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02. Gas Detector. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD31. Movement and Sound Detection and Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22. 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 4.- Electricity AD32. 24vac/12vdc Circuits Analyzer 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD33. Installations Faults Simulator PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators (2 units). ENC09. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device.(2 units). COM21.Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators. (2 units). LAM01. Lamps. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65. Digital Multimeter. FUS04. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Fault box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electrical Installations AI1. Star-Delta Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac. (3 units)). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the starter. Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. Measurement of the star current and delta current. Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI2 Starter through Auto-transformer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI3. Speed Commutator for Dahlander Motor SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 41 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI4. Starter-Inverter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11. 3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL03. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI5. AC Wound Rotor Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ 4.- Electricity catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI6. DC Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03. 3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI7. Automatic Change of Speed of a Dahlander Motor with Change of Direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24. 3-pole+neutral Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (5 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. AI8. Reactive Power Compensation (Power Factor Correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load,150 ohm, 500W. CAR09. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12. Inductive Load 0-33-78-140-193-236 mH. (2 units). MED60B.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AI8.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. AI9. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W. Resistance 1600 W. COM12.Commutator/Switch. PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD13. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI10. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TN Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 42 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI11. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in IT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02. 2-pole Load Switch. (2 units). CPA. Isolation Permanent Controller. Capacitor 300V. 200 nF .(2 units). Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. 2.- Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). More information in: 4.- Operation of the isolation controller. 1.- Study of an isolation simple fault. 5.- Study of the ground loop impedance. 3.- Study with several masses. www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf A12. Modular Trainer (AC Motors) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI12.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through contactor, with some stop and start push-buttons. 2.- Configuration of a magnetic protection system, with stop mush room button. 3.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with a switch. 4.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through impulses contactor. 5.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with pushbuttons and signalling. 6.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with two boxes of push-buttons and signalling. 7.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 8.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor without stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 9.- Turning inverted starter of a three- phase motor with microswitch and push-buttons box. 10.- Star-delta starting with an turn inverter of a three-phase motor. 11.- Automatic star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 12.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor with microswitch, with start push-buttons, stop and function cycle. (Direct). 13.- Manual star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 14.- Control of a single phase motor direct and, with time-delay connection and disconnection. 15.- Starting of a three-phase motor with single- phase voltage. 16.- Motor speed control with a variator. 17.-Parameters of the motor through software. 18.-Control of a two-speeds Dahlander motor. AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI10. Power Supply Module CAR30. Inductances Module CAR31. Capacitors Module CAR32. Rectifier Diodes Module CAR33 .Resistive Components Module LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp LAM26. Lighting Module MED65.Digital Multimeter REL50. Relays Module. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage) VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. TRA28. Three-phase transformer VAR16. Electromagnetism Kits with group of motor/generator VAR17. Dismantled transformer kit VAR18. Electrostatic kit VAR25. Open Universal Motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI13.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Estatic Electricity: 1.- Static electricity checking,with an electroscope and anelectrometer. 2.- Static electricity experiments. Direct current (DC) and Alternating Current (AC): 3.- Ohm´s law verification. 4.- Installation of the resistive components module. 5.- Total resistance of a circuit in series. 6. Resistance of a circuit in parallel. 7.- Power measurement of a resistive circuit. 8.- Total resistance of a circuit in series/in parallel. 9.- Connection of lamps in series. 10.-Lamps in parallel. 11.-Analysis of the variable resistances response curve. 12.-Voltage divider analysis. 13.-Lamp with variable lighting. 14.-Simplification systems: Application of Kirchhoff´s first law. Application of Kirchhoff´s second law. Thevenin´s and Norton´s Theorem. 15.-Application of the superposition theorem. 16.-Resistive circuits in delta. 17.-Measurement and visualization of the alternating current. 18.-Measurement of the phase angle among voltages (AC). Dynamic Electricity: 19.- Identification of the components of the trainer. 20.-Preparation of the power supply and of the measurement instruments Electric capacity: 21.-Load and unload analysis of a capacitor. Magnetism, Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic induction: 22.-Electromagnetic Induction. 23.-Electromagnetic Induction. 24.- Electromagnet: Oersted's experiment. 25.- The electromagnetic field (Electromagnets). Motors: 26.-Electric motors 27.-Generators. Page 43 28.-Identification, coils measurement and starting-up of a single-phase motor. 29.-Identification, measurement and starting-up of an universal motor. 30.-Identification, coils measuremt and starting-up of a three phase motor. Transformers: 31.-Experiments and practices with a dismantled transformer. 32.-Identification of the three-phase transformer. 33.-Connection as single-phase transformer. 34.-Star/star three-phase connection. 35.-Reverse star/star three-phase connection . 36.-Direct delta/delta three-phase connection. 37.-Star/delta three-phase connection. 38.-Three-phase/six-phase connection. 39.-Transformer with coils in series in phase. RL, RC and RCL Circuits: 40.-Analysis of a RL circuit in series. 41.-Analysis of a RL circuit in parallel. 42.-Analysis of a RC circuit in series. 43.-Analysis of a RC circuit in parallel. 44.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in series. 45.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in parallel. Rectification and filtrate: 46.-Analysis of the rectifier diode response curve. 47.-Half wave rectification . 48.-Rectification to feed the universal motor. 49.-Double wave rectification with two windings. 50.-Double wave with a Graezt's bridge. 51.-Half wave three-phase rectification. 52.-Three-phase rectification in bridge. Electric circuits: 53.-Basic electric installation with lamps. 54.-Lamps controlled from two points and from three points. 55.-Lamps control by a switch relay. 56.-Lamps control by a commutato relay. 57.-Installation of a fluorescent tube www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). PUL48. 3 Double Chamber Push-buttons. (2 units). LAM02. Auxiliary Lamps(3 lamps. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (4 units). VAR09. Frequency variator. REL30. Synchronization Relay (variable delay). REL47. Thermal relay (GV protector) module (2 units). REL45. Module with disjunctor. IAM31. 4-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch,4A,Curve C FUS10. Module with 3 fuse-holders and power fuses. TRA06. 3-Phase Power Transformer (custom made). CAR10. Capacitive Load (custom made). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Energy Installations AE1. Aerial Line Model SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. TRA18. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j= 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE1.pdf AE2. Reactive Energy Control and Compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE2.pdf AE3. Test Unit for Magneto-thermal Automatic Switches 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE4. Test Unit for Differential Automatic Switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE5. Relay Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE6. Energy Counters Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72. Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE6.pdf AE7. Multi-Functional Electrical Protection Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE8. Power & Torque Measurements of Electrical Motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents (0.3-1.5A). MED60. Network Analyzer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 44 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) AE9. Directional Relay: Earth Fault Detection. Directional Power Flow Detection. Reactive Power Flow Detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-Phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01. 3-Pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11. 3-Phase Capacitive Load. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: http://www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Software CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between application/ module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Application Software (A.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Application (several modules) Instructor Software Student/Application Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the applications, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. A.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Application Software). It explains how to use the applications, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each application has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Applications Software Packages: ! Domestic Electrical Installations: AD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm Station. AD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. AD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. AD6A/SOF. L u m i n o s i t y c o n t r o l station. AD8/SOF. Blinds activator. AD9A/SOF. Heating control station. AD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. AD13/SOF. A u d i o d o o r e n t r y system. AD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A/SOF. Position control station. AD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. AD24/SOF. Position Switch. AD19A/SOF.Sound station. AD22/SOF. Flooding control station. AD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domesticelectric systems. AD30/SOF. Gas control station. AD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33/SOF. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. Industrial Electrical Installations: AI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. AI2/SOF. Starter through autotransformer. AI3/SOF. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. AI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6/SOF. DC motor starter. AI7/SOF. A u t o m a t i c c h a n g e o f speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8/SOF. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9/SOF. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical c o n t a c t s inTT neutral regimen. AI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12/SOF. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13/SOF. M o d u l a r Tr a i n e r f o r Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1/SOF. Aerial line model. AE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automaticswitches. AE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5/SOF. Relay control station. AE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. AE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9/SOF. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 45 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity 3 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) Cables to interface 2 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board 1 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the applications/modules and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the application/module with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS. (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 46 MUAD/SOF issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0453-452/20S ITEM 1 REFERENCE 1 / 3 DESCRIPTION LIELBA. "ENERGY " ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: AE5 APPLICATION - RELAY CONTROL STATION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. OVERCURRENT RELAY AND FAULT TO EARTH. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 3-POLES CONTACTOR (24 VAC). AERIAL LINE MODEL. ALI01 REL23 TRA10 CON01 CAR18 QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 AE5/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - RELAY CONTROL STATION 20 3 AE5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - RELAY CONTROL STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 4 AE6 APPLICATION - ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. FIXED RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. ENERGY COUNTER. 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 1 ALI01 CAR01 MED72 TRA04 TRA10 1 1 1 1 1 5 AE6/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION 20 6 AE6/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 7 AE7 APPLICATION - MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRICAL PROTECTION STATION,INCLUDED INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE INDUCTIVE LOAD. 3-POLES CONTACTOR (24 VAC). MULTI-FUNCTION PROTECTION RELAY (SOFTWARE INCLUDED). 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 1 ALI01 CAR08 CAR11 CAR14 CON01 REL22 TRA04 TRA10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 AE7/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRICAL PROTECTION STATION 20 9 AE7/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRICAL PROTECTION STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 Ref: 0453-452/20S ITEM 10 2 / 3 REFERENCE AE9 ALI01 REL20 CON01 TRA04 TRA10 CAR08 CAR11 CAR14 DESCRIPTION APPLICATION - DIRECTIONAL RELAY: EARTH FAULT DETECTION. DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION. REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION, INCLUDED INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 1-PHASE DIRECTIONAL RELAY. 3-POLES CONTACTOR (24 VAC). 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. 3-PHASE INDUCTIVE LOAD. QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 AE9/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - DIRECTIONAL RELAY: EARTH FAULT DETECTION. DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION. REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION 20 12 AE9/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - DIRECTIONAL RELAY: EARTH FAULT DETECTION. DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION. REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 13 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 14 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 15 CABD CABLES KIT 1 16 0432PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 17 0432PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 18 0432IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 19 0432CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 20 0432TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 21 0432MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0453-452/20S 3 / 3 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 1 APPLICATIONS Frame 2 (applications support) (AD1A) (AI1) (BASB) Modules automatic anchorage system High Safety (AD3A) APPLICATIONS Automatic earth connection system (AI2) Sight of the frame with some modules allocated or (BASS) (AD5) (AI4) (AI5) (AD6A) 3 4.- Electricity Sight of the frame with some modules allocated CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Teaching Technique used (AD8) INS/SOF. (AE7) Teacher Software EMT../SOF. Student/Module Software (AD9A) 4 (AE8) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box (AD13) (AE9) DAB. Data adquisition board MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other APPLICATIONS TOTALLY SAFETY SYSTEM Other APPLICATIONS The complete laboratory includes part 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 ,and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Frame (BASB or BASS) + one Application + Manuals. Available Applications: ! Domestic Electric Installations: AD1A. Robbery alarm station. AD3A. Fire alarm station. AD5. Temporization of stairs. AD6A. Luminosity control station. AD8. Blinds activator. AD9A. Heating control station. AD11A. Network analyzer. AD13. Audio door entry system. AD14. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A. Position control station. AD17A. Photoelectric control position station. AD24. Position Switch. AD19A. Sound station. AD22. Flooding control station. AD23. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A. C o n t r o l s t a t i o n f o r domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A. Integral control station of domestic electric systems. AD30. Gas control station. AD31. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. ! Industrial Electric Installations: AI1. Star-delta starter. AI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. AI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4. Starter-inverter. AI5. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6. DC motor starter. AI7. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. AI10. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1. Aerial line model. AE2. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. AE4. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5. Relay control station. AE6. Energy counters control station. AE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 37 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Frame Applications support. There are two options to chose: BAS-B. Basic Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Possibility of housing up to 10 different modules. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. or BASS. Double Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Double frame, single side working post. Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Dimensions approx.:1300mm x 800mm x 700mm. Possibility of housing until 12 different modules at the same time. Transparent internal separation. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. Dimensions: 1300x800x700mm. approx. Weight: 2 Applications Main features: Painted steel modules. All modules have handles and diagram. Automatic anchorage system for housing the modules in the frame. Automatic earth connection in the modules. Safety connections. Safety wires. There is a manual for each application (8 manuals normally supplied). Domestic Electrical Installations AD1A. Robbery Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27. Glass Break Detector. INT32. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. VAR07. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD1A.pdf AD3A. Fire Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21. Indoor Siren. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET22. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD5. Temporization of Stairs SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10. Automatic of Stairs. INT21. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM13. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD5.pdf AD6A. Luminosity Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W/230Vac. INT18. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD6A.pdf Page 38 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD8. Blinds Activator SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19. Twilight Detector. DET20. Light Detector. VAR01. Motor for Blinds / Curtains. PUL29. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD9A. Heating Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. MED76. Thermostat for Heating. MED77. Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac. (2 units). TIM01. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25. Pointer Frequency Meter(45-65Hz). MED32. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30. 1-Phase Phasemeter 230V. MED38. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63. Synchronoscope. MED64. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD13. Audio Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01. Phones Power Supply. POR02. Phone. POR03. Interphone. POR06. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD14. Audio and Video Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06. Lock. POR05. Phone/Monitor. POR04. Video Camera. POR07. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD14.pdf AD15A. Position Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD17A. Photoelectric Control Position Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 39 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity AD11A. Network Analyzer 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD24. Position Switch SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply. LAM03. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-switch. SEN02. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD19A. Sound Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06. Basic Audio Central. AUD20. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD22. Flooding Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET11. Probe for Water Electro-valve. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD25A. Control Station for Domestic Electric Services through the Telephone SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01. Basic Control Module. DET01. Flooding Detector. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). (3units). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05. Tones Dialling Telephone. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD28A. Integral Control Station of Domestic Electric Systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02. Advanced Control Module. CTR05. Power Module 72W. CTR07. Timers Module. CTR08. Inputs Module 24V. CTR11. Outputs Module 24V. CTR17. Infrared Remote Control for Control Modules. CTR18. Infrared Receptor. DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09. Intrusion Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08. Monitor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD28A.pdf Page 40 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 AD30. Gas Control Station (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02. Gas Detector. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD31. Movement and Sound Detection and Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22. 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 4.- Electricity AD32. 24vac/12vdc Circuits Analyzer 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD33. Installations Faults Simulator PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators (2 units). ENC09. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device.(2 units). COM21.Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators. (2 units). LAM01. Lamps. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65. Digital Multimeter. FUS04. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Fault box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electrical Installations AI1. Star-Delta Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac. (3 units)). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the starter. Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. Measurement of the star current and delta current. Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI2 Starter through Auto-transformer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI3. Speed Commutator for Dahlander Motor SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 41 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI4. Starter-Inverter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11. 3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL03. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI5. AC Wound Rotor Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ 4.- Electricity catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI6. DC Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03. 3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI7. Automatic Change of Speed of a Dahlander Motor with Change of Direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24. 3-pole+neutral Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (5 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. AI8. Reactive Power Compensation (Power Factor Correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load,150 ohm, 500W. CAR09. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12. Inductive Load 0-33-78-140-193-236 mH. (2 units). MED60B.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AI8.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. AI9. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W. Resistance 1600 W. COM12.Commutator/Switch. PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD13. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI10. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TN Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 42 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI11. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in IT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02. 2-pole Load Switch. (2 units). CPA. Isolation Permanent Controller. Capacitor 300V. 200 nF .(2 units). Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. 2.- Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). More information in: 4.- Operation of the isolation controller. 1.- Study of an isolation simple fault. 5.- Study of the ground loop impedance. 3.- Study with several masses. www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf A12. Modular Trainer (AC Motors) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI12.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through contactor, with some stop and start push-buttons. 2.- Configuration of a magnetic protection system, with stop mush room button. 3.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with a switch. 4.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through impulses contactor. 5.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with pushbuttons and signalling. 6.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with two boxes of push-buttons and signalling. 7.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 8.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor without stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 9.- Turning inverted starter of a three- phase motor with microswitch and push-buttons box. 10.- Star-delta starting with an turn inverter of a three-phase motor. 11.- Automatic star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 12.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor with microswitch, with start push-buttons, stop and function cycle. (Direct). 13.- Manual star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 14.- Control of a single phase motor direct and, with time-delay connection and disconnection. 15.- Starting of a three-phase motor with single- phase voltage. 16.- Motor speed control with a variator. 17.-Parameters of the motor through software. 18.-Control of a two-speeds Dahlander motor. AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI10. Power Supply Module CAR30. Inductances Module CAR31. Capacitors Module CAR32. Rectifier Diodes Module CAR33 .Resistive Components Module LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp LAM26. Lighting Module MED65.Digital Multimeter REL50. Relays Module. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage) VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. TRA28. Three-phase transformer VAR16. Electromagnetism Kits with group of motor/generator VAR17. Dismantled transformer kit VAR18. Electrostatic kit VAR25. Open Universal Motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI13.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Estatic Electricity: 1.- Static electricity checking,with an electroscope and anelectrometer. 2.- Static electricity experiments. Direct current (DC) and Alternating Current (AC): 3.- Ohm´s law verification. 4.- Installation of the resistive components module. 5.- Total resistance of a circuit in series. 6. Resistance of a circuit in parallel. 7.- Power measurement of a resistive circuit. 8.- Total resistance of a circuit in series/in parallel. 9.- Connection of lamps in series. 10.-Lamps in parallel. 11.-Analysis of the variable resistances response curve. 12.-Voltage divider analysis. 13.-Lamp with variable lighting. 14.-Simplification systems: Application of Kirchhoff´s first law. Application of Kirchhoff´s second law. Thevenin´s and Norton´s Theorem. 15.-Application of the superposition theorem. 16.-Resistive circuits in delta. 17.-Measurement and visualization of the alternating current. 18.-Measurement of the phase angle among voltages (AC). Dynamic Electricity: 19.- Identification of the components of the trainer. 20.-Preparation of the power supply and of the measurement instruments Electric capacity: 21.-Load and unload analysis of a capacitor. Magnetism, Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic induction: 22.-Electromagnetic Induction. 23.-Electromagnetic Induction. 24.- Electromagnet: Oersted's experiment. 25.- The electromagnetic field (Electromagnets). Motors: 26.-Electric motors 27.-Generators. Page 43 28.-Identification, coils measurement and starting-up of a single-phase motor. 29.-Identification, measurement and starting-up of an universal motor. 30.-Identification, coils measuremt and starting-up of a three phase motor. Transformers: 31.-Experiments and practices with a dismantled transformer. 32.-Identification of the three-phase transformer. 33.-Connection as single-phase transformer. 34.-Star/star three-phase connection. 35.-Reverse star/star three-phase connection . 36.-Direct delta/delta three-phase connection. 37.-Star/delta three-phase connection. 38.-Three-phase/six-phase connection. 39.-Transformer with coils in series in phase. RL, RC and RCL Circuits: 40.-Analysis of a RL circuit in series. 41.-Analysis of a RL circuit in parallel. 42.-Analysis of a RC circuit in series. 43.-Analysis of a RC circuit in parallel. 44.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in series. 45.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in parallel. Rectification and filtrate: 46.-Analysis of the rectifier diode response curve. 47.-Half wave rectification . 48.-Rectification to feed the universal motor. 49.-Double wave rectification with two windings. 50.-Double wave with a Graezt's bridge. 51.-Half wave three-phase rectification. 52.-Three-phase rectification in bridge. Electric circuits: 53.-Basic electric installation with lamps. 54.-Lamps controlled from two points and from three points. 55.-Lamps control by a switch relay. 56.-Lamps control by a commutato relay. 57.-Installation of a fluorescent tube www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). PUL48. 3 Double Chamber Push-buttons. (2 units). LAM02. Auxiliary Lamps(3 lamps. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (4 units). VAR09. Frequency variator. REL30. Synchronization Relay (variable delay). REL47. Thermal relay (GV protector) module (2 units). REL45. Module with disjunctor. IAM31. 4-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch,4A,Curve C FUS10. Module with 3 fuse-holders and power fuses. TRA06. 3-Phase Power Transformer (custom made). CAR10. Capacitive Load (custom made). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Energy Installations AE1. Aerial Line Model SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. TRA18. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j= 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE1.pdf AE2. Reactive Energy Control and Compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE2.pdf AE3. Test Unit for Magneto-thermal Automatic Switches 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE4. Test Unit for Differential Automatic Switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE5. Relay Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE6. Energy Counters Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72. Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE6.pdf AE7. Multi-Functional Electrical Protection Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE8. Power & Torque Measurements of Electrical Motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents (0.3-1.5A). MED60. Network Analyzer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 44 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) AE9. Directional Relay: Earth Fault Detection. Directional Power Flow Detection. Reactive Power Flow Detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-Phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01. 3-Pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11. 3-Phase Capacitive Load. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: http://www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Software CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between application/ module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Application Software (A.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Application (several modules) Instructor Software Student/Application Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the applications, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. A.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Application Software). It explains how to use the applications, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each application has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Applications Software Packages: ! Domestic Electrical Installations: AD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm Station. AD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. AD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. AD6A/SOF. L u m i n o s i t y c o n t r o l station. AD8/SOF. Blinds activator. AD9A/SOF. Heating control station. AD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. AD13/SOF. A u d i o d o o r e n t r y system. AD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A/SOF. Position control station. AD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. AD24/SOF. Position Switch. AD19A/SOF.Sound station. AD22/SOF. Flooding control station. AD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domesticelectric systems. AD30/SOF. Gas control station. AD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33/SOF. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. Industrial Electrical Installations: AI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. AI2/SOF. Starter through autotransformer. AI3/SOF. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. AI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6/SOF. DC motor starter. AI7/SOF. A u t o m a t i c c h a n g e o f speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8/SOF. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9/SOF. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical c o n t a c t s inTT neutral regimen. AI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12/SOF. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13/SOF. M o d u l a r Tr a i n e r f o r Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1/SOF. Aerial line model. AE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automaticswitches. AE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5/SOF. Relay control station. AE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. AE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9/SOF. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 45 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity 3 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) Cables to interface 2 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board 1 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the applications/modules and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the application/module with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS. (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 46 MUAD/SOF issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS (10 MUAD) Ref: 0453/10A ITEM 1 1 / 1 REFERENCE MUAD EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF DESCRIPTION ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE QTY. 10 10 10 10 issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0463K-460K/20S ITEM 1 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. ELE-KIT. ENERGY ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 BAS-K INSTALLATION CUBICLE 1 2 CABD CABLES KIT 1 3 KE1 ALI01-K CAR18-K CAR08-K CAR11-K AERIAL LINE MODEL KIT,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. FIXED RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. DOUBLE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 220 / 127 V, 1000 VA. PETERSEN COIL. 1 1 1 1 1 CAR14-K TRA05-K TRA18-K 1 1 1 4 KE1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF AERIAL LINE MODEL KIT 20 5 KE1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - AERIAL LINE MODEL. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 KE8 KIT OF POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). COMMUTATOR GROUP + BELL PUSH-BUTTON + SWITCH. HOUR COUNTER 12 - 36 VDC. GROUP OF 2 PUSH-BUTTONS (1 INPUT + 2 OUTPUTS) DYNAMO BRAKE 300W TACHODYNAMO 60V,1000 R.P.M. MOTOR (EMT7) (SQUIRREL CAGE). NETWORK ANALYZER. 1 ALI01-K ALI03-K CON02-K PUL11-K REL08-K FREND. TECNEL/T. VAR02 MED60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 KE8/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF KIT OF POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS 20 8 KE8/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - POWER & TORQUE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 0430PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 10 11 Ref: 0463K-460K/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 13 0430PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 14 0430IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 15 0430CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 16 0430TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 17 0430MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: 1 2 Installation Cubicle 2 (kits supports) KITS KITS (KD1A) (KI1) (BAS-K) (KI3) (KD3A) (KD6A) CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System 3 (KI5) Teaching Technique used INS/SOF. Instructor Software (AI6) (KD8) K.../SOF. Student/Kit Software (KD9A) 4 (KE7) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box DAB. Data adquisition board (KD13) (KE8) MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other KITS Other KITS The complete system includes part 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Installation Cubicle + one Kit + Manuals. Available Kits !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit. KD3A. Fire alarm station kit. KD5. Temporization of stairs kit. KD6A. Luminosity control station kit. KD8. Blinds activator kit. KD9A. Heating control station kit. KD11A. Network analyzer kit. KD13. Audio door entry system kit. KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit. KD15A. Position control station kit. KD17A. P h o t o e l e c t r i c c o n t r o l position station kit. KD24. Position switch kit. KD19A. Sound station kit. KD22. Flooding control station kit. KD23. Wireless basic control station (RF) kit. KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30. Gas control station kit. KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit. KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit. KD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator kit. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1. Star-delta starter kit. KI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer kit. KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit. KI4. Starter-inverter kit. KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit. KI6. DC motor starter kit. KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect Electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. !Energy Installations: KE1. Aerial line model kit. KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation. KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5. Relay control station kit. KE6. Energy counters control station kit. KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit. KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9. Kit of directional relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow d e t e c t i o n . Re a c t i v e p o w e r f l o w detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 47 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity (KD5) 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 1 Installation Cubicle BAS-K Installation Cubicle SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY All sides panel with rear and side walls and roof. Standard dimensions: 1200 x 1000 x 2000 mm. Other dimensions available on request. 2 Kits Domestic Electrical Installations KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27-K. Glass Break Detector. INT32-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. VAR07-K. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD3A. Fire alarm station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02-K. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21-K. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET22-K. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17-K. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD5. Temporization of stairs kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10-K. Automatic of Stairs. INT21-K. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button.(2 units). LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.(2 units). LAM13-K. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps.(2 units). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD6A. Luminosity control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06-K. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W /230Vac. INT18-K. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD8. Blinds activator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22-K. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19-K. Twilight Detector. DET20-K. Light Detector. VAR01-K. Motor for Blinds/Curtains. PUL29-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 48 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD9A. Heating Control Station Kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply . MED76-K.Thermostat for Heating. MED77-K.Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09-K. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac .(2 units). TIM01-K. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11-K. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25-K. Pointer Frequency Meter (45-65Hz). MED32-K. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21-K. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30-K. 1-Phase Phasemeter. 230V. MED38-K. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12-K. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22-K. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31-K. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39-K. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33-K. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63-K. Synchronoscope. MED64-K. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD13. Audio door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01-K. Phones Power Supply. POR02-K. Phone. POR03-K. Interphone. POR06-K. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06-K. Lock. POR05-K. Phone/Monitor. POR04-K. Video Camera. POR07-K. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD15A. Position control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14-K. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04-K. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14-K. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29-K. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD17A. Photoelectric control position station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18-K. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19-K. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20-K. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD24. Position Switch kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM03-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro- switch. SEN02-K. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03-K. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 49 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KD11A. Network analyzer Kit 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD19A. Sound station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01-K. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04-K. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06-K. Basic Audio Central. AUD20-K. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02-K. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05-K. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03-K. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08-K. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10-K. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD22. Flooding control station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET11-K. Probe for Water Electro- valve (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) Kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01-K. Basic Control Element. DET01-K. Flooding Detector. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector) . DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control . DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05-K. Tones Dialling Telephone. 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02-K. Advanced Control Element. CTR05-K. Power Element 72W. CTR07-K. Timers Element. CTR08-K. Inputs Element 24V. CTR11-K. Outputs Element 24V. CTR17-K. Infrared Remote Control for Control Elements. CTR18-K. Infrared Receptor. DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09-K. Intrusion Detector fo domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08-K. Monitor. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD30. Gas control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02-K. Gas Detector. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 50 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electric Installations KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15-K. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders+ Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22-K 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD33. Installations faults simulator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. (2 units). ENC09-K. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device (2 units). COM21-K. Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators (2 units). LAM01-K. Lamps. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W (2 units). LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65-K. Digital Multimeter. FUS04-K. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Faults Box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electric Installations KI1. Star-delta starter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of the star current and delta current. 4.- Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI2. Starter through auto-transformer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14-K. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI4. Starter-inverter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11-K.3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL03-K. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 51 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Elements ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04-K. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05-K. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08-K. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09-K. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15-K. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16-K. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19-K. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20-K. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Industrial Electric Installations (continuation) KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06-K. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22-K. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI6. DC motor starter kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04-K. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23-K. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03-K.3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20-K. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24-K. 3-pole+neutral Magneto- thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac).(5 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. CAR09-K. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12-K. Inductive Load 0-33-78- 140-193-236 mH (2 units). MED60B-K.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05-K. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W . COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. AD13-K. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts on IT neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01-K. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02-K. 2-pole Load Switch .(2 units). Capacitor 300V. 200 nF. (2 units) Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. CPA-K. Isolation Permanent Controller. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 52 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Study of an isolation simple fault. Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). Study with several masses. Operation of the isolation controller. Study of the ground loop impedance. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations KE1. Aerial line model kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K.3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K.3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K.3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18-K.Aerial Line Model. TRA18-K. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j = 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13-K. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19-K. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE5. Relay control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23-K. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18-K. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE6. Energy counters control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01-K. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W . TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72-K.Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22-K. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08-K. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents 0.3-1.5A). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 53 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) KE9. Kit of directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01-K. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20-K. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Software 4.- Electricity 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between Kit and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (K.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit (several elements) Instructor Software Student/Kit Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. K.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Kits Software Packages: !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm station. KD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. KD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. KD6A/SOF. Luminosity control station. KD8/SOF. Blinds activator. KD9A/SOF. Heating control station. KD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. KD13/SOF. Audio door entry system. KD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. KD15A/SOF. Position control station. KD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. KD24/SOF. Position Switch. KD19A/SOF.Sound station. KD22/SOF. Flooding control station. KD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). KD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30/SOF. Gas control station. KD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. KD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. KD33/SOF. Installations faults simulator. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. KI2/SOF. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. KI3/SOF. S p e e d c o m m u t a t o r f o r Dahlander motor KI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. KI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. KI6/SOF. DC motor starter. KI7/SOF. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8/SOF. Reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 54 !Energy Installations: KE1/SOF. Aerial line model. KE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. KE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5/SOF. Relay control station. KE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. KE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. KE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9/SOF. Directional Relay Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 2 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) 1 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board Cables to interface 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the kit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the kit with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 55 MUAD/SOF www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0463K-461K/20S ITEM 1 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. ELE-KIT. ENERGY ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 1 BAS-K INSTALLATION CUBICLE 1 2 CABD CABLES KIT 1 3 KE2 KIT OF REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. DOUBLE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). FIXED RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 1 ALI01-K CAR11-K CAR14-K CAR08-K 1 1 1 1 4 KE2/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF KIT OF REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION 20 5 KE2/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR D.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) FOR KIT OF REACTIVE ENERGY CONTROL AND COMPENSATION 20 6 KE3 KIT OF TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. FUSES 32 A (INCLUDE 8-16-20-32 A). FM DIGITAL TUNER CONTROLS. TRANSFORMER FOR EXPERIMENTS (CUSTOM MADE). 1 ALI01-K IAM13-K CAR04-K TRA19-K 1 1 1 1 7 KE3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF KIT OF TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES 20 8 KE3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 KE4 KIT OF TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. MAGNETIC PROXIMITY DETECTOR. FM DIGITAL TUNER CONTROLS. 1 ALI01-K IAD01-K CAR04-K 1 1 1 10 KE4/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF KIT OF TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES 20 11 KE4/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEST UNIT FOR DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC SWITCHES. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 13 MUAD ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD 1 EPIB DAB 1 1 Ref: 0463K-461K/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 13 MUAD/SOF DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 14 0431PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 15 0431PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 16 0431IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 17 0431CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 18 0431TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 19 0431MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: 1 2 Installation Cubicle 2 (kits supports) KITS KITS (KD1A) (KI1) (BAS-K) (KI3) (KD3A) (KD6A) CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System 3 (KI5) Teaching Technique used INS/SOF. Instructor Software (AI6) (KD8) K.../SOF. Student/Kit Software (KD9A) 4 (KE7) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box DAB. Data adquisition board (KD13) (KE8) MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other KITS Other KITS The complete system includes part 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Installation Cubicle + one Kit + Manuals. Available Kits !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit. KD3A. Fire alarm station kit. KD5. Temporization of stairs kit. KD6A. Luminosity control station kit. KD8. Blinds activator kit. KD9A. Heating control station kit. KD11A. Network analyzer kit. KD13. Audio door entry system kit. KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit. KD15A. Position control station kit. KD17A. P h o t o e l e c t r i c c o n t r o l position station kit. KD24. Position switch kit. KD19A. Sound station kit. KD22. Flooding control station kit. KD23. Wireless basic control station (RF) kit. KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30. Gas control station kit. KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit. KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit. KD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator kit. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1. Star-delta starter kit. KI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer kit. KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit. KI4. Starter-inverter kit. KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit. KI6. DC motor starter kit. KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect Electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. !Energy Installations: KE1. Aerial line model kit. KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation. KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5. Relay control station kit. KE6. Energy counters control station kit. KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit. KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9. Kit of directional relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow d e t e c t i o n . Re a c t i v e p o w e r f l o w detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 47 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity (KD5) 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 1 Installation Cubicle BAS-K Installation Cubicle SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY All sides panel with rear and side walls and roof. Standard dimensions: 1200 x 1000 x 2000 mm. Other dimensions available on request. 2 Kits Domestic Electrical Installations KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27-K. Glass Break Detector. INT32-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. VAR07-K. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD3A. Fire alarm station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02-K. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21-K. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET22-K. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17-K. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD5. Temporization of stairs kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10-K. Automatic of Stairs. INT21-K. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button.(2 units). LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.(2 units). LAM13-K. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps.(2 units). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD6A. Luminosity control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06-K. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W /230Vac. INT18-K. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD8. Blinds activator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22-K. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19-K. Twilight Detector. DET20-K. Light Detector. VAR01-K. Motor for Blinds/Curtains. PUL29-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 48 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD9A. Heating Control Station Kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply . MED76-K.Thermostat for Heating. MED77-K.Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09-K. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac .(2 units). TIM01-K. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11-K. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25-K. Pointer Frequency Meter (45-65Hz). MED32-K. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21-K. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30-K. 1-Phase Phasemeter. 230V. MED38-K. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12-K. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22-K. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31-K. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39-K. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33-K. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63-K. Synchronoscope. MED64-K. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD13. Audio door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01-K. Phones Power Supply. POR02-K. Phone. POR03-K. Interphone. POR06-K. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06-K. Lock. POR05-K. Phone/Monitor. POR04-K. Video Camera. POR07-K. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD15A. Position control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14-K. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04-K. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14-K. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29-K. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD17A. Photoelectric control position station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18-K. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19-K. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20-K. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD24. Position Switch kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM03-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro- switch. SEN02-K. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03-K. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 49 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KD11A. Network analyzer Kit 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD19A. Sound station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01-K. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04-K. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06-K. Basic Audio Central. AUD20-K. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02-K. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05-K. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03-K. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08-K. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10-K. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD22. Flooding control station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET11-K. Probe for Water Electro- valve (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) Kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01-K. Basic Control Element. DET01-K. Flooding Detector. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector) . DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control . DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05-K. Tones Dialling Telephone. 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02-K. Advanced Control Element. CTR05-K. Power Element 72W. CTR07-K. Timers Element. CTR08-K. Inputs Element 24V. CTR11-K. Outputs Element 24V. CTR17-K. Infrared Remote Control for Control Elements. CTR18-K. Infrared Receptor. DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09-K. Intrusion Detector fo domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08-K. Monitor. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD30. Gas control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02-K. Gas Detector. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 50 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electric Installations KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15-K. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders+ Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22-K 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD33. Installations faults simulator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. (2 units). ENC09-K. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device (2 units). COM21-K. Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators (2 units). LAM01-K. Lamps. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W (2 units). LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65-K. Digital Multimeter. FUS04-K. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Faults Box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electric Installations KI1. Star-delta starter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of the star current and delta current. 4.- Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI2. Starter through auto-transformer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14-K. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI4. Starter-inverter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11-K.3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL03-K. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 51 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Elements ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04-K. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05-K. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08-K. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09-K. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15-K. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16-K. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19-K. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20-K. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Industrial Electric Installations (continuation) KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06-K. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22-K. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI6. DC motor starter kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04-K. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23-K. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03-K.3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20-K. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24-K. 3-pole+neutral Magneto- thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac).(5 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. CAR09-K. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12-K. Inductive Load 0-33-78- 140-193-236 mH (2 units). MED60B-K.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05-K. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W . COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. AD13-K. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts on IT neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01-K. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02-K. 2-pole Load Switch .(2 units). Capacitor 300V. 200 nF. (2 units) Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. CPA-K. Isolation Permanent Controller. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 52 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Study of an isolation simple fault. Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). Study with several masses. Operation of the isolation controller. Study of the ground loop impedance. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations KE1. Aerial line model kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K.3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K.3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K.3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18-K.Aerial Line Model. TRA18-K. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j = 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13-K. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19-K. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE5. Relay control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23-K. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18-K. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE6. Energy counters control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01-K. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W . TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72-K.Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22-K. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08-K. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents 0.3-1.5A). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 53 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) KE9. Kit of directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01-K. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20-K. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Software 4.- Electricity 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between Kit and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (K.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit (several elements) Instructor Software Student/Kit Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. K.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Kits Software Packages: !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm station. KD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. KD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. KD6A/SOF. Luminosity control station. KD8/SOF. Blinds activator. KD9A/SOF. Heating control station. KD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. KD13/SOF. Audio door entry system. KD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. KD15A/SOF. Position control station. KD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. KD24/SOF. Position Switch. KD19A/SOF.Sound station. KD22/SOF. Flooding control station. KD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). KD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30/SOF. Gas control station. KD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. KD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. KD33/SOF. Installations faults simulator. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. KI2/SOF. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. KI3/SOF. S p e e d c o m m u t a t o r f o r Dahlander motor KI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. KI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. KI6/SOF. DC motor starter. KI7/SOF. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8/SOF. Reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 54 !Energy Installations: KE1/SOF. Aerial line model. KE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. KE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5/SOF. Relay control station. KE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. KE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. KE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9/SOF. Directional Relay Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 2 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) 1 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board Cables to interface 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the kit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the kit with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 55 MUAD/SOF www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0463K-462K/20S ITEM 1 / 3 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. ELE-KIT. ENERGY ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 BAS-K INSTALLATION CUBICLE 1 2 CABD CABLES KIT 1 3 KE5 ALI01-K REL23-K TRA10-K CON01-K CAR18-K RELAV CONTROL STATION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. DOUBLE PUSH-BUTTON FOR INDUSTRIAL USE. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. COMMUTATOR WITH LIGHT + INVERTER WITH LIGHT. 3-PHASE CAPACITIVE LOAD. 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 KE5/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF RELAV CONTROL STATION 20 5 KE5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - RELAY CONTROL STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 KE6 ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION KIT,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. FM DIGITAL TURNER CONTROLS + EARPHONES OUTPUT. AC AMMETER (0-5 A). 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 1 ALI01-K CAR01-K MED72-K TRA04-K TRA10-K 1 1 1 1 1 7 KE6/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION KIT 20 8 KE6/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - ENERGY COUNTERS CONTROL STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 KE7 MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRCIAL PROTECTION STATION KIT,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. FIXED RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. DOUBLE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). COMMUTATOR WITH LIGHT + INVERTER WITH LIGHT. PUSH-BUTTON FOR INDUSTRIAL USE. 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. 1 ALI01-K CAR08-K CAR11-K CAR14-K CON01-K REL22-K TRA04-K TRA10-K 10 KE7/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRCIAL PROTECTION STATION KIT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 Ref: 0463K-462K/20S ITEM REFERENCE 2 / 3 DESCRIPTION QTY. 11 KE7/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ELECTRICAL PROTECTION STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 KE9 KIT OF DIRECTIONAL RELAY :EARTH FAULT DETECTION.DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION.REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION,INCLUDED: INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 500W/VA TOUCH TYPE PUSH-BUTTON WITH TIME DELAY COMMUTATOR WITH LIGHT + INVERTER WITH LIGHT. 3-PHASE POWER TRANSFORMER 380 / 220 V, 630 VA. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 25 / 5 A. FIXED RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. DOUBLE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD, 150 OHM, 500 W. 3-PHASE VARIABLE RESISTIVE LOAD (CUSTOMMADE). 1 ALI01-K REL20-K CON01-K TRA04-K TRA10-K CAR08-K CAR11-K CAR14-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 KE9/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF KIT OF DIRECTIONAL RELAY :EARTH FAULT DETECTION.DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION.REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION. 20 14 KE9/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - DIRECTIONAL RELAY: EARTH FAULT DETECTION. DIRECTIONAL POWER FLOW DETECTION. REACTIVE POWER FLOW DETECTION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 15 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 16 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 17 0432PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 18 0432PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 19 0432IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 20 0432CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 21 0432TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 22 0432MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0463K-462K/20S 3 / 3 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: 1 2 Installation Cubicle 2 (kits supports) KITS KITS (KD1A) (KI1) (BAS-K) (KI3) (KD3A) (KD6A) CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System 3 (KI5) Teaching Technique used INS/SOF. Instructor Software (AI6) (KD8) K.../SOF. Student/Kit Software (KD9A) 4 (KE7) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box DAB. Data adquisition board (KD13) (KE8) MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other KITS Other KITS The complete system includes part 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Installation Cubicle + one Kit + Manuals. Available Kits !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit. KD3A. Fire alarm station kit. KD5. Temporization of stairs kit. KD6A. Luminosity control station kit. KD8. Blinds activator kit. KD9A. Heating control station kit. KD11A. Network analyzer kit. KD13. Audio door entry system kit. KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit. KD15A. Position control station kit. KD17A. P h o t o e l e c t r i c c o n t r o l position station kit. KD24. Position switch kit. KD19A. Sound station kit. KD22. Flooding control station kit. KD23. Wireless basic control station (RF) kit. KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30. Gas control station kit. KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit. KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit. KD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator kit. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1. Star-delta starter kit. KI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer kit. KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit. KI4. Starter-inverter kit. KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit. KI6. DC motor starter kit. KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect Electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. !Energy Installations: KE1. Aerial line model kit. KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation. KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5. Relay control station kit. KE6. Energy counters control station kit. KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit. KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9. Kit of directional relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow d e t e c t i o n . Re a c t i v e p o w e r f l o w detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 47 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity (KD5) 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 1 Installation Cubicle BAS-K Installation Cubicle SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY All sides panel with rear and side walls and roof. Standard dimensions: 1200 x 1000 x 2000 mm. Other dimensions available on request. 2 Kits Domestic Electrical Installations KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27-K. Glass Break Detector. INT32-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. VAR07-K. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD3A. Fire alarm station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02-K. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21-K. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET22-K. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17-K. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD5. Temporization of stairs kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10-K. Automatic of Stairs. INT21-K. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button.(2 units). LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.(2 units). LAM13-K. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps.(2 units). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD6A. Luminosity control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06-K. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W /230Vac. INT18-K. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD8. Blinds activator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22-K. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19-K. Twilight Detector. DET20-K. Light Detector. VAR01-K. Motor for Blinds/Curtains. PUL29-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 48 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD9A. Heating Control Station Kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply . MED76-K.Thermostat for Heating. MED77-K.Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09-K. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac .(2 units). TIM01-K. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11-K. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25-K. Pointer Frequency Meter (45-65Hz). MED32-K. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21-K. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30-K. 1-Phase Phasemeter. 230V. MED38-K. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12-K. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22-K. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31-K. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39-K. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33-K. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63-K. Synchronoscope. MED64-K. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD13. Audio door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01-K. Phones Power Supply. POR02-K. Phone. POR03-K. Interphone. POR06-K. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06-K. Lock. POR05-K. Phone/Monitor. POR04-K. Video Camera. POR07-K. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD15A. Position control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14-K. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04-K. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14-K. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29-K. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD17A. Photoelectric control position station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18-K. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19-K. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20-K. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD24. Position Switch kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM03-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro- switch. SEN02-K. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03-K. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 49 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KD11A. Network analyzer Kit 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD19A. Sound station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01-K. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04-K. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06-K. Basic Audio Central. AUD20-K. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02-K. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05-K. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03-K. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08-K. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10-K. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD22. Flooding control station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET11-K. Probe for Water Electro- valve (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) Kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01-K. Basic Control Element. DET01-K. Flooding Detector. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector) . DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control . DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05-K. Tones Dialling Telephone. 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02-K. Advanced Control Element. CTR05-K. Power Element 72W. CTR07-K. Timers Element. CTR08-K. Inputs Element 24V. CTR11-K. Outputs Element 24V. CTR17-K. Infrared Remote Control for Control Elements. CTR18-K. Infrared Receptor. DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09-K. Intrusion Detector fo domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08-K. Monitor. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD30. Gas control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02-K. Gas Detector. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 50 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electric Installations KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15-K. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders+ Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22-K 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD33. Installations faults simulator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. (2 units). ENC09-K. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device (2 units). COM21-K. Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators (2 units). LAM01-K. Lamps. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W (2 units). LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65-K. Digital Multimeter. FUS04-K. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Faults Box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electric Installations KI1. Star-delta starter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of the star current and delta current. 4.- Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI2. Starter through auto-transformer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14-K. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI4. Starter-inverter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11-K.3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL03-K. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 51 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Elements ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04-K. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05-K. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08-K. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09-K. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15-K. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16-K. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19-K. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20-K. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Industrial Electric Installations (continuation) KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06-K. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22-K. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI6. DC motor starter kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04-K. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23-K. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03-K.3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20-K. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24-K. 3-pole+neutral Magneto- thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac).(5 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. CAR09-K. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12-K. Inductive Load 0-33-78- 140-193-236 mH (2 units). MED60B-K.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05-K. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W . COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. AD13-K. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts on IT neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01-K. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02-K. 2-pole Load Switch .(2 units). Capacitor 300V. 200 nF. (2 units) Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. CPA-K. Isolation Permanent Controller. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 52 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Study of an isolation simple fault. Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). Study with several masses. Operation of the isolation controller. Study of the ground loop impedance. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations KE1. Aerial line model kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K.3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K.3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K.3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18-K.Aerial Line Model. TRA18-K. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j = 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13-K. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19-K. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE5. Relay control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23-K. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18-K. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE6. Energy counters control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01-K. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W . TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72-K.Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22-K. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08-K. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents 0.3-1.5A). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 53 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) KE9. Kit of directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01-K. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20-K. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Software 4.- Electricity 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between Kit and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (K.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit (several elements) Instructor Software Student/Kit Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. K.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Kits Software Packages: !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm station. KD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. KD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. KD6A/SOF. Luminosity control station. KD8/SOF. Blinds activator. KD9A/SOF. Heating control station. KD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. KD13/SOF. Audio door entry system. KD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. KD15A/SOF. Position control station. KD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. KD24/SOF. Position Switch. KD19A/SOF.Sound station. KD22/SOF. Flooding control station. KD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). KD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30/SOF. Gas control station. KD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. KD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. KD33/SOF. Installations faults simulator. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. KI2/SOF. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. KI3/SOF. S p e e d c o m m u t a t o r f o r Dahlander motor KI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. KI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. KI6/SOF. DC motor starter. KI7/SOF. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8/SOF. Reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 54 !Energy Installations: KE1/SOF. Aerial line model. KE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. KE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5/SOF. Relay control station. KE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. KE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. KE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9/SOF. Directional Relay Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 2 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) 1 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board Cables to interface 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the kit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the kit with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 55 MUAD/SOF www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ENERGY INSTALLATIONS "KIT" (10 BASK + CABD) Ref: 0463K/10B ITEM 1 REFERENCE BAS-K 1 / 1 DESCRIPTION INSTALLATION CUBICLE QTY. 10 issue:01/11 ENERGY: MODULAR POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR. BASIC MODULE Ref: 0510 ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE MPSSC DESCRIPTION QTY. ERP-PD. ERP-PDF. ERP-MF MODULAR POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR WITH SCADA CONTROL SYSTEM, FORMED BY: SCADA CONTROL SYSTEM BASIC FRAME GENERATION GROUP AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR AC MOTORS SPEED CONTROLLER STEP-UP TRANSFORMER STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TRANSMISSION LINES SIMULATION UNIT ENERGY CONSUMPTION MODULE BUSBAR MODEL 1 (GENERATION) BUSBAR MODEL 2 (TRANSPORT) BUSBAR MODEL 3 (COUPLING) BUSBAR MODEL 4 (CONSUMPTION) BUSBAR MODEL 5 (TRANSPORT) INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY. SYNCHRONISMS MODULE GENERATOR PROTECTION MODULE GENERATORS PROTECTION AND CONTROL DEVICE UNIT DISTANCE PROTECTION RELAY UNIT DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION RELAY UNIT FAULT INJECTION MODULE 1 1 1 2 0510PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 3 0510PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 4 0510IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 5 0510CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 6 0510TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 7 0510MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 SCADA BASB EGMG/P AVR/P VVCA/MP TRANS/3A TRANS/3B AE1. AE11 BUS01 BUS02 BUS03 BUS04 BUS05 ALI01 IND05 INX20/P ERP-PGC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ref: 0510 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages Modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System MPSSC Technical Teaching Equipment SCADA GENERAL DESCRIPTION The “MPSSC” is a modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System, specially designed for Technicians at Technical and Vocational level. The simulator will include the main parts of a Power System as: ! Generation. ! Transformation. ! Transport. ! Distribution. ! Consumption. It will include important and key elements that play a very important roll in a Power System control and protection, as: - Automatic voltage regulator. - Automatic frequency control. - All the main protection relays involved. - Automatic and Manual synchronization. The simulator includes the following modules: - SCADA Control System. - EGMG/P. Generation Group. - AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator. - VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller. - TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer. - TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer. - AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit. - AE11. Energy Consumption Module. - BUS01. Busbar model 1 (Generation). - BUS02. Busbar model 2 (Transport). - BUS05. Busbar model 5 (Transport). - BUS03. Busbar model 3 (Coupling). - BUS04. Busbar model 4 (Consumption). - ALI01. Power Supply. - IND05. Synchronims Module. - INX20/P. Generator Protection Module. - ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit. - ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit. - ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit. - ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module. Worlddidac Member ISO 9000: Quality Management (for Design, Manufacturing, Commercialization and After-sales service) European Union Certificate (total safety) Page 1 Certificates ISO 14000 and ECO-Management and Audit Scheme (environmental management) Worlddidac Quality Charter Certificate (Worlddidac Member) MODULES IN DETAIL SCADA SCADA Control System Generation Transport/Lines Transformation Consumption TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer EGMG/P. Generation Group AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit AE11. Energy Consumption Module TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller Control and Protections Busbars -ALI01. -INX20/P. -IND05. -BUS01. Power Supply. Generator Protection Module. Synchronims Module. Busbar model 1 (Generation). -BUS02. -BUS05. -BUS03. -BUS04. Busbar model 2 (Transport). Busbar model 5 (Transport). Busbar model 3 (Coupling). Busbar model 4 (Consumption). ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit Faults ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module Page 2 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System SPECIFICATIONS SCADA is an industry-standard supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software for realistic experience of power system control. For use with MPSSC Simulator to increase students´ understanding of power systems. It can connect to multiple generation systems for remote control and supervision of local generation and distributed generation. It includes alarms and logs data for detailed analysis of MPSSC during stable and transient operation. It communicates with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), numerical protection relays, automatic voltage regulators and prime-mover simulation device of the Power System Simulator to control and collect information from the power system. Includes high performance computer with integrated communication interface to exchange information with all devices. Remotely controls the generator and prime-mover of the MPSSC Simulator in different power system operation control methods (frequency control, voltage control, active power control, reactive power control, power factor control, generators load exchange). The SCADA connects to MPSSC to train students in supervision and control of power systems. The package includes industrial-standard SCADA software, a computer, colour printer and communications hardware. EDIBON supplies the software already installed on the computer. The software does several jobs, including remote control and data display and logging. It includes programs written by EDIBON to match experiments which students have done directly with the MPSSC Simulator. The software´s on-screen display or ´user interface´shows real-time data and mimics the circuit-breakers (opening and closing). It also mimics the adjustment of the loads and any faults applied by the user. Other screens give details about the settings and data collected at each protection relay or instrument on the simulator. Students select the correct screen for the experiment they want to perform. They then use the computer to close circuit-breakers, set and adjust any loads and connect the grid supply (or start the generator) by mean of touch screens, in others words, they configure the topology of the Simulator. The generators synchronization can be performed in manual and automatic mode with the help of SCADA. Students can use the software to log data from the simulator and analyse it, compare conditions before and after faults, and see the effects of faults. They can use this information to predict power system problems and change the power system protection to prevent future problems. The software includes the experiments already given with the MPSSC Simulator. contiue... Page 3 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS The experiments include: - Generator characteristics and performance. - Transformers. - Transmission, distribution and consumption. - Power system protection. - Power system operation and control in different modes. - Power flow control. - etc. SCADA allows the control and supervision of the operations related to the generation, transformation, transmission and distribution of the electrical energy made by the MPSSC Simulator. Through a sophisticated human-machine interface, executed in a computer, it is possible to monitor and control a lot of events and alarms as well as analyse, display and control the information acquired from all Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVRs), protection relays and prime mover simulation device. SCADA system is connected to the PLCs communication networks, protection relays and the rest of the units of the MPSSC Simulator, allowing the data acquisition and control in real time from all the elements of the MPSSC Simulator. The acquired data are stored for their future analysis or they are directly sent to screens connected to the computer as a visual information. The objective of the SCADA developed architecture is centralising and automating all the control tasks, monitoring, protection and data acquisition of the MPSSC Simulator is operated similar to local or central load dispatch center of Real Electrical Power System. The equipments connected to the SCADA I make one or some of the following functions: 1.- Respond to the commands of the control computer, in order to close or open all the circuit breaker contacts, power isolator and the rest of the equipments that conform the topology of the Power System Simulator. 2.- Transmit to SCADA the ON/OFF state of the electrical equipment that conform the Simulated Electrical Power System. 3.- Vary all the set points of the controlled parameters, for example, the frequency control, active power, reactive power, power factor and voltage control set point. 4.- Measurement and management of all the acquired electrical parameters in different nodes and points of the simulated power system. 5.- Protection of the electrical circuits and the equipments that conform the MPSSC Simulator. SCADA allows making a control, supervision and data acquisition in a centralised and remote way, simulating a central generation dispatch center. With help of SCADA, students can observe the real time state of the electrical equipment of the MPSSC by means of graphical and state screens. With SCADA, the operator of the electrical power system can monitor its state and consequently, it can act and make decisions about how to operate in different conditions. For example, when there is a sound or visual alarm, the operator can see what is happening in a SCADA screen, because the monitoring system includes an alarm sequences and events list of all the equipment operation, recordered throughout the practice period and can done, reports about a determined operation or about the complete practice. Another SCADA facility is that it allows visualise in a central way all the instrumentation of the MPSSC. Simulator through several screens with digital and analogical virtual instruments. In the MPSSC. Simulator, several multifunctional and numeric protection relays are used, because the study of the electrical protections is an essential point for a electrical power system. The protection relays include measurement, communication and programmable logic possibilities to done functions of monitories and control of the equipment that are protecting. Thanks to these facilities, the protection functions are incorporated and managed from SCADA, making the teaching of this subject easier in a automated and centralised way, because the students can communicate with each protection relay and managed it remotely. Page 4 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System (continuation) Examples of some possibilities Page 5 www.edibon.com ALI01. Power Supply SPECIFICATIONS This module has the followings elements: One three-phase power supply output connector. One three-phase power supply output with red, yellow and green connectors. Two single-phase power supply output. One single-phase standard type power supply output. Ground terminal. One security key. One emergency stop switch. Module state indicators. A removable key 6 with two positions (ON and OFF) acts as main switch. EGMG/P. Generation Group SPECIFICATIONS This group has the followings elements: 1.One three-phase AC squirrel cage induction motor acting as generation prime mover. 2.One three-phase Synchronous generator with DC field excitation. The induction motor is controlled from the VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller. INX20/P. Generator Protection Module SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 www.edibon.com VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller SPECIFICATIONS The VVCA/MP is an AC motor speed regulator. The numerous inputs and outputs allow you to use the VVCA/MP for power supply standard asynchronous ac motor for simulation of prime mover of generation system. Each part of the VVCA/MP is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification. Elements of the AVR/P: Ground protection connector. Three-Phase power output supply connectors. Control enable/disable switch. Remote/Local mode switch. Local control set-point slider. Input/Output ERP-PGC signal connector. Input/Output AVR signal connector. Power supply Switch. The capacity range of VVCA/MP is for 3 ph 400 V supply from 0.4 kW to 7 kW. The overload capacity of VVCA/MP is 150% for 1 min and 200% for 3s (in High Duty mode). The inverters with capacities of 5.5 kW and above can be used in dual rating; this means that the same inverter can be used for next higher capacity (in Low Duty mode). For example a 5.5 kW inverter can be used for a 7.5 kW motor; in this case the overload is 120% for 1 min. The braking transistor is included as standard. The braking resistor is included as standard up to 7.5 kW units. The main features of VVCA/MP are: Safety enables input (compliant to EN954-1 category 3). Built-in EMC filter for all capacities (compliant to EN 61800-3, category C3). Sensorless vector control mode (100% torque at 0 Hz). Advanced PID functions (dancer control). Brake control function. Logic gates for logic combination of input and output functions and delay timer (10steps). Positioning function (when encoder option is used). 3 slots for 3 different options at the same time (encoder, fieldbus, I/O expansion). Removable control terminals (cage clamp type). AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator SPECIFICATIONS The AVR/P is an Automatic Voltage Regulator that works in conjunction with the ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit. The numerous inputs and outputs allow you to use the AVR/P for voltage, reactive power and power factor regulation of generation system. Each part of the AVR/P is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification. Elements of the AVR/P: Ground protection connector. Generator output voltage measurement connectors. Generator Field excitation output supply connectors. Voltage Control enable/disable switch. Remote/Local mode switch. Input/Output signal connector. Local control set-point slider. Serial Port connector( Software HMI is optional product). Power supply Switch. The AVR/P is an automatic voltage regulator of the latest design for synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The unit contains the most advanced microprocessor technology together with IGBT semiconductor technology (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor). This advanced-design automatic voltage regulator is used for the excitation of indirectly excited synchronous machines. This unit is only suitable for this one area of application. The regulator can also be switched over to function as a reactive power, power factor and field current regulator. Page 7 www.edibon.com TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer SPECIFICATIONS Three-phase power transformer with group connection YyN0, 400/400V, 2kVA, 50-60Hz. This unit simulates the STEP-UP transformer located in the transmission substation. TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer SPECIFICATIONS Three-phase power transformer with group connection YyN0, 400/230V, 2kVA, 50-60Hz. This unit simulates the STEP-DOWN transformer located in the distribution substation. IND05. Synchronims Module SPECIFICATIONS This module has the followings elements: Phase Synchronization Lamps. Phase RST sequences test connectors. Page 8 www.edibon.com Busbars BUS01. Busbar model 1 (Generation) BUS02. Busbar model 2 (Transport) BUS05. Busbar model 5 (Transport) BUS03. Busbar model 3 (Coupling) BUS04. Busbar model 4 (Consumption) SPECIFICATIONS The finality of these modules is to represent the generation, transmission, distribution and subtransmission substations busbars and it included the main commutation elements as power circuit breaker, isolating switches, double busbar. With the aid of these modules is possible to coupling or decoupling all necessary elements of the power system simulator. Basically the busbars modules have similar elements, as: - Input/Outputs double BusBar power connectors. - Single-phase power supply input. - 89L-1 and 89L-2 isolators open/close selectors. - 52L circuit breaker open/close selector. - 89L-3 isolator open/close selector. - Manual/Remote operation enable switch. - Input/Output signals control connector. Page 9 www.edibon.com AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit SPECIFICATIONS This unit represents basic concepts of the Electric Energy high-voltage three-phase transmission lines operation. It simulates a value modifying concentrated parameter line that allows different configurations and consists on three conductorline (R, S, T) and a Neutral or return line (N). Each of the phases is represented, following the concentrated parameters theoretical model, through a resistance series association and inductance, along with a parallel association between each one of them in a capacitance effect. A way to reduce the earth short circuit current is to have impedance in the neutral-to-ground connections. This impedance has no repercussion in the normal functioning of the network but they introduce a repercussion in the increase of 3x Zo (impedance on the zero sequence component), which reduces the short circuit current. The return line is simulated through small value impedance that has a resistive-indicative characteristic. To simplify the effect, being a despicable inductance, it will be simulated with a pure 10 resistance. The phases have two terminals at the input and two at the output, and they are connected at the interior. Through one of them the module will be supplied. Through the last one the natural circuit will continue to the load module, the bar module, the transformer, etc. The two terminals left en every phase is left for assembly of protection relay or other parallel configurations. The supply of this unit will be done through line terminals (R, S, and T) and the neutral (N) through a 400V three-phase supply and it will be controlled by an interrupter-circuit breaker of 4 poles placed between the supply and the lines module. In the phases we can distinguish different resistance and inductance values, being able to simulate different length transport lines. The resistive part is formed by two resistance values of 15 and 33 obtaining two additions resistive values of 10.31 and 48 . , with the possibility of making parallel-series connections between them, The inductive part consists on a multistage coil of despicable resistance. In which it is possible to choose one of the following values: 33 mH, 78 mH, 140 mH, 193 mH, 236 mH The capacitive part will be divided into capacitance between conductors and capacitance between line and ground. The capacitance between conductors is simulated with a pair of capacitors at the beginning and at the end of the line with different values: 0.5 F and 1 F for each conductor. The capacitance between conductor and ground is 1 F and 2 F, also at the beginning and at the end of the line. With all this values it is possible to simulate a great number of line configurations, beginning with different line distances with different types of conductor, through the unbalanced lines with different conductors groups (Simplex, Duplex, Triplex and Cuadruplex). At the same time it is possible to simulate transient state with different short-circuits injection using a fault injection module. The unit is protected with a grounding connection that comes from the metallic caging and that is accessible through a terminal in the front of the module. Page 10 www.edibon.com AE11. Energy Consumption Module SPECIFICATIONS With this module is possible to simulate any proper consumption in the power system or we can test any element of the power system separately under different load conditions. It has differentiated part on resistive, inductive and capacitive zones and it allows all types of combinations between them, so we can simulate pure resistive, inductive and capacitive load as well as different series-parallel combination of them. Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel. Variable resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) ]. Fixed resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) + 150 W (500 W) ]. Inductive loads: 6 x [ 0, 33, 78, 140, 193, 236 mH ].(2 A Max.). Capacitive loads: 3 x [ 3 x 3.5 mF ] + 3 x [ 3 x 7 mF ] + 3 x [ 3 x 14 mF ]. Ground connector. Page 11 www.edibon.com ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit SPECIFICATIONS The ERP-PGC is a control unit for engine-generator simulator system. The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PGC for a wide range of applications with only a single part number. This includes stand-by, AMF (automatic mains failure), peak shaving, import-export or distributed generation, among others. Also the ERP-PGC is compatible for island, island parallel, mains parallel and multiple unit mains parallel operations. Each part of the ERP-PGC is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification. All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC. Elements of the ERP-PGC: Power input/output connectors. Multifunction control and protection device. Generator group control inputs and outputs connector. Generator rotor to ground protection Relay. Isolated operation connector(52GT state and 52G trip command). Functions: Prime mover control. Engine, mains and generator protection. Engine data measurement : Oil pressure and temperature, coolant temperature, battery voltage, speed, service hours, etc. Generator and mains data measurement: Voltage, current, power, kVar, kW, kWh, etc. Load/Var sharing for up to 32 participants. Load-dependent start/stop. Automatic, Manual, and Stop operating modes. Application modes: 1.No CB (Circuit Breaker) operation. 2.Open GCB (Generator Circuit Breaker). 3.Open/close GCB. 4.Open/close GCB/MCB (Generator CB/Main Circuit Breaker). Logics Manager for processing measured values, discrete inputs, and internal states. Engine starter sequencing. Alarm display with circuit breaker trip and engine shutdown. AMF (automatic mains failure) standby genset control, with automatic engine start on mains failure detection and open transition breaker control. Critical mode operation. Synchronizing (phase matching and slip frequency) and mains parallel operation. External frequency, voltage, power, and power factor set point control via analogue input or interface. FIFO (First Input First Output) event history with 300 entries. ECU data visualization via J1939. CAN bus communication to engine controllers, plant management systems, expansion boards, and Toolkit configuration and visualization software. RS-485 Modbus communication with plant management systems. RS-232 Modbus communication with plant management systems. Page 12 www.edibon.com ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit SPECIFICATIONS The ERP-PD is a transmission line protection device. The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PD for study and analyze the performance of different transmission line protection system. Each part of the ERP-PD is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification. All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC. Elements of the ERP-PD: Power input/output connectors. Protection device. Outputs connector for trip command. Functions: Protection:Optimize line protection with a system of sensitive, secure, and dependable three-pole trip relay elements. Monitoring: Simplify fault and system disturbance analyses with event reports and Sequential Events Recorder. Fault Locator: Isolate line problems, and restore service faster. Automation. Remote communications capabilities and elimination of external control elements. ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit SPECIFICATIONS The ERP-PDF is a differential protection device. The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PDF for study and analyze the performance of different differential protection system. Each part of the ERP-PDF is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification. All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC. Elements of the ERP-PDF: Power input/output connectors. Protection device. Outputs connector for trip command. Functions: It provides current differential protection plus two complete groups of overcurrent elements in one compact package. The relay measures high- and low-side currents, differential operate and restraint quantities, as well as second and fifth harmonics of the applied currents. The unit provides two optoisolated inputs, four programmable output contacts, and one alarm output contact. This relay can protect two-winding power transformers, reactors, generators, large motors, and other two-terminal power apparatus. The relay settings permit you to use wye or delta connected high- and low-side current transformers. The relay compensates for various equipment and CT connections to derive appropriate differential operating quantities. The ERP-PDF provides three differential elements with dual slope characteristics. The second slope provides security against CT saturation for heavy through faults. Page 13 www.edibon.com ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module SPECIFICATIONS The fault injection module have the possibility to inject different kind of short-circuits, in any point of the power system simulator including line module, directly or through a pure resistive element. Employing this element we can analyze line performance during transient state as well as analyze the line protection elements functionality. The short-circuit injection possibility are: Three-pole short-circuit. Two-pole short-circuit. Two-pole-ground short-circuit. Single-pole-ground short-circuit. Page 14 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ENERGY: MODULAR POWER SIMULATOR (ESN) Ref: 0511 ITEM 1 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 MPPSC/ESN SCADA NET SYSTEM (ESN) FOR MODULAR POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR WITH SCADA CONTROL SYSTEM (30 STUDENTS WORKING "SIMULTANEOUSLY") 1 2 0520PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 3 0520PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 4 0520IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 5 0520CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 6 0520TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 7 0520MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0511 2 / 2 SPECIFICATIONS: -Mini-ESN system main possibilities: . 30 students “simultaneously” work. . Any student can work simultaneously doing “Real Time Control”. . The teacher "can see" in his computer what any student is doing in any computer at any time. . The unit and system can be visualised simultaneously in "n" screens. This system is common for any EDIBON Computer Control unit, but need individual Software Applications for each particular unit. Notes: 1) Multipost option: With this module 30 students working simulatenously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages Modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System MPSSC Technical Teaching Equipment SCADA GENERAL DESCRIPTION The “MPSSC” is a modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System, specially designed for Technicians at Technical and Vocational level. The simulator will include the main parts of a Power System as: ! Generation. ! Transformation. ! Transport. ! Distribution. ! Consumption. It will include important and key elements that play a very important roll in a Power System control and protection, as: - Automatic voltage regulator. - Automatic frequency control. - All the main protection relays involved. - Automatic and Manual synchronization. The simulator includes the following modules: - SCADA Control System. - EGMG/P. Generation Group. - AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator. - VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller. - TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer. - TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer. - AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit. - AE11. Energy Consumption Module. - BUS01. Busbar model 1 (Generation). - BUS02. Busbar model 2 (Transport). - BUS05. Busbar model 5 (Transport). - BUS03. Busbar model 3 (Coupling). - BUS04. Busbar model 4 (Consumption). - ALI01. Power Supply. - IND05. Synchronims Module. - INX20/P. Generator Protection Module. - ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit. - ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit. - ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit. - ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module. Worlddidac Member ISO 9000: Quality Management (for Design, Manufacturing, Commercialization and After-sales service) European Union Certificate (total safety) Page 1 Certificates ISO 14000 and ECO-Management and Audit Scheme (environmental management) Worlddidac Quality Charter Certificate (Worlddidac Member) MODULES IN DETAIL SCADA SCADA Control System Generation Transport/Lines Transformation Consumption TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer EGMG/P. Generation Group AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit AE11. Energy Consumption Module TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller Control and Protections Busbars -ALI01. -INX20/P. -IND05. -BUS01. Power Supply. Generator Protection Module. Synchronims Module. Busbar model 1 (Generation). -BUS02. -BUS05. -BUS03. -BUS04. Busbar model 2 (Transport). Busbar model 5 (Transport). Busbar model 3 (Coupling). Busbar model 4 (Consumption). ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit Faults ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module Page 2 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System SPECIFICATIONS SCADA is an industry-standard supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software for realistic experience of power system control. For use with MPSSC Simulator to increase students´ understanding of power systems. It can connect to multiple generation systems for remote control and supervision of local generation and distributed generation. It includes alarms and logs data for detailed analysis of MPSSC during stable and transient operation. It communicates with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), numerical protection relays, automatic voltage regulators and prime-mover simulation device of the Power System Simulator to control and collect information from the power system. Includes high performance computer with integrated communication interface to exchange information with all devices. Remotely controls the generator and prime-mover of the MPSSC Simulator in different power system operation control methods (frequency control, voltage control, active power control, reactive power control, power factor control, generators load exchange). The SCADA connects to MPSSC to train students in supervision and control of power systems. The package includes industrial-standard SCADA software, a computer, colour printer and communications hardware. EDIBON supplies the software already installed on the computer. The software does several jobs, including remote control and data display and logging. It includes programs written by EDIBON to match experiments which students have done directly with the MPSSC Simulator. The software´s on-screen display or ´user interface´shows real-time data and mimics the circuit-breakers (opening and closing). It also mimics the adjustment of the loads and any faults applied by the user. Other screens give details about the settings and data collected at each protection relay or instrument on the simulator. Students select the correct screen for the experiment they want to perform. They then use the computer to close circuit-breakers, set and adjust any loads and connect the grid supply (or start the generator) by mean of touch screens, in others words, they configure the topology of the Simulator. The generators synchronization can be performed in manual and automatic mode with the help of SCADA. Students can use the software to log data from the simulator and analyse it, compare conditions before and after faults, and see the effects of faults. They can use this information to predict power system problems and change the power system protection to prevent future problems. The software includes the experiments already given with the MPSSC Simulator. contiue... Page 3 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS The experiments include: - Generator characteristics and performance. - Transformers. - Transmission, distribution and consumption. - Power system protection. - Power system operation and control in different modes. - Power flow control. - etc. SCADA allows the control and supervision of the operations related to the generation, transformation, transmission and distribution of the electrical energy made by the MPSSC Simulator. Through a sophisticated human-machine interface, executed in a computer, it is possible to monitor and control a lot of events and alarms as well as analyse, display and control the information acquired from all Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVRs), protection relays and prime mover simulation device. SCADA system is connected to the PLCs communication networks, protection relays and the rest of the units of the MPSSC Simulator, allowing the data acquisition and control in real time from all the elements of the MPSSC Simulator. The acquired data are stored for their future analysis or they are directly sent to screens connected to the computer as a visual information. The objective of the SCADA developed architecture is centralising and automating all the control tasks, monitoring, protection and data acquisition of the MPSSC Simulator is operated similar to local or central load dispatch center of Real Electrical Power System. The equipments connected to the SCADA I make one or some of the following functions: 1.- Respond to the commands of the control computer, in order to close or open all the circuit breaker contacts, power isolator and the rest of the equipments that conform the topology of the Power System Simulator. 2.- Transmit to SCADA the ON/OFF state of the electrical equipment that conform the Simulated Electrical Power System. 3.- Vary all the set points of the controlled parameters, for example, the frequency control, active power, reactive power, power factor and voltage control set point. 4.- Measurement and management of all the acquired electrical parameters in different nodes and points of the simulated power system. 5.- Protection of the electrical circuits and the equipments that conform the MPSSC Simulator. SCADA allows making a control, supervision and data acquisition in a centralised and remote way, simulating a central generation dispatch center. With help of SCADA, students can observe the real time state of the electrical equipment of the MPSSC by means of graphical and state screens. With SCADA, the operator of the electrical power system can monitor its state and consequently, it can act and make decisions about how to operate in different conditions. For example, when there is a sound or visual alarm, the operator can see what is happening in a SCADA screen, because the monitoring system includes an alarm sequences and events list of all the equipment operation, recordered throughout the practice period and can done, reports about a determined operation or about the complete practice. Another SCADA facility is that it allows visualise in a central way all the instrumentation of the MPSSC. Simulator through several screens with digital and analogical virtual instruments. In the MPSSC. Simulator, several multifunctional and numeric protection relays are used, because the study of the electrical protections is an essential point for a electrical power system. The protection relays include measurement, communication and programmable logic possibilities to done functions of monitories and control of the equipment that are protecting. Thanks to these facilities, the protection functions are incorporated and managed from SCADA, making the teaching of this subject easier in a automated and centralised way, because the students can communicate with each protection relay and managed it remotely. Page 4 www.edibon.com SCADA Control System (continuation) Examples of some possibilities Page 5 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 BASIC RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + 20 CAL) Ref: 0530/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE MINI-EESTC MINI-EESTC.Unit MINI-EESTC/CIB DAB MINI-EESTC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC UNIT, FORMED BY: THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 MINI-EESTC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC THERMAL SOLAR (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 MINI-EESTC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC UNIT 20 4 MINI-EEEC COMPUTER CONTROLLED WIND ENERGY BASIC UNIT, FORMED BY: WIND ENERGY BASIC UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR WIND ENERGY BASIC UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY BASIC UNIT 1 MINI-EEEC.Unit MINI-EEEC/CIB DAB MINI-EEEC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 MINI-EEEC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC WIND ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 MINI-EEEC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED WIND ENERGY BASIC UNIT 20 7 MINI-EESF PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY MODULAR TRAINER(COMPLETE OPTION) 1 8 MINI-EESF/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY MODULAR TRAINER (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 MINI-EESF/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY MODULAR TRAINER (COMPLETE OPTION) 20 10 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 11 0530PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 12 0530PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 13 0530IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 14 0530CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 15 0530TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 16 0530MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0530/20S 2 / 2 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Alternative Energies EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 1 Unit: EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Unit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EESTC Unit: The unit is a system that transforms solar energy into calorific energy. This unit uses the thermosiphon system to heat water or the traditional pumping system. In both cases,the absorbed calorific energy is given by the solar radiation simulated, in our case, by a panel with powerful luminous sources. Panels and main metallic elements in stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel. Solar panel (Thermal solar collector): Steel structure. Piped (already prepared) to connect the panel and the accumulator. Closed expansion vessel. Over pressure security valve. Two manometers. Temperature sensors. Thermal accumulator tank: Vacuum vitrified heater, high efficiency heating and anticorrosion protections. It has a supporting heating group, with a regulation electric resistor. Contact thermostat to control temperature. Solar simulator: Aluminum structure regulated in height. Sixteen ultraviolet lamps of 300 W each one. Electricity security group, made up by 3 magnetothermic. Feed wire. Pumping equipment: Impulse pump. 3 Flowmeters. 10 Temperature sensors. 2 Flow sensors. EESTC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to:250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EESTC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200x1200x2005 mm. Weight: 300 Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 2 1 .- Study of how the thermosiphon works. 2 .- Study of the lamp illumination profile. 3 .- Study of the solar collector efficiency. 4 .- Free circulation: Inclination angle influence on the equipment efficiency. 5 .- Relationship between the flow and the temperature. 6 .- Energy balance of the solar collector. 7 .- Energy balance in the accumulator tank. 8 .- Experimental efficiency determination. 9 .- Influence of the incidence angle over the temperature. Other possible practices: 10.-Sensors calibration. 11.-Flowmeter calibration. 12-30.- Practices with PLC. 5.- Energy 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EESTC.pdf EESFC. Computer Controlled Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 3 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: EESFC. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EESFC Unit: Anodized aluminium structure, galvanized steel and stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. 2 Photovoltaic polycrystalline panels. Solar simulator: structure adjustable in height, 16 ultraviolet lamps of 300 W each one, kit of electric security, made up of 3 thermomagnetic switches, power cable. Sensors: temperature sensors, instantaneous current sensors, instantaneous voltage sensors, instantaneous power sensors, Rms current sensors, Rms voltage sensors, Rms power sensors. Load regulator, with LED indicator of state and with protection diodes. Adjustable load. OPTIONAL (not included in the standard supply): EESFC-KIT. Kit of charge, conversion and consumption simulation: Energy accumulation and voltages conversion: 2 Batteries, 35 A./hour. Inverter, 150W. Different loads: fluorescent lamps. Incandescent lamps. DC Motor, 12V. AC Motor, 220V. 2 EESFC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s . 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EESFC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second guaranteed. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200x1200x2005 mm. Weight: 300 Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/ alternativeenergies/EESFC.pdf Non computer controlled version available. Page 77 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Lamps illumination profile study. 2.- Efficiency experimental determination. 3.- Influence of the angle of incidence on the temperature. 4.- Determination of the material that makes up the solar cell. 5.- Determination of the p and n side of a solar cell. 6.- Determination of the first quadrant of the I-V curve, without illumination of the solar cell. 7.- Determination of the inverse current or the saturation current with regard to a solar cell without illumination. 8.- Determination of the resistance in series and in parallel of a solar cell without illumination. 9.- Dependence of the voltage of open circuit ( Voc ) with the lumens. 10.- D e t e r m i n a t i o n t h e characteristic parameters of a solar cell with illumination. 11.- Relation of the maximum power with the power input. 12.- D e t e r m i n a t e o f t h e parameters that define the quality of a solar cell. 13.- Solar cell measurement. 14.- Measurement of the solar panel voltage in the vacuum. 15.- Determination of the cells disposition in a solar panel. 16.- M e a s u r e m e n t o f t h e maximum power for a solar panel with load. 17.- Measurement of the solar panel voltage in the vacuum with constant illumination and different temperature. 18.- Study of V,I,W according to different loads. 19.- Familiarization with the regulator parameters. Other possible practices: 20.- Sensors calibration. Practices to be done with the OPTIONAL KIT “EESFC-KIT”: 21.- Connection of loads to direct voltage. 22.- Connection of loads to alternating voltage of 220 V. 23-41.-Practices with PLC. www.edibon.com 5.3- Alternative Energies (continuation) MINI-EESF. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer "MINI-EESF", is a laboratory scaled unit designed to study all the parameters governing the Solar radiation direct conversion into electricity. The trainer is based on a panel or framework in which some application modules can be installed, and on photovoltaic solar panels that can be assembled in mobile structures. Supply to the public network or an alternating consumption. Photovoltaic module: 1.- Determination of the constituent material of the solar cell. 2.- Determination of the I-V first quadrant curve without illuminating the solar cell. 3.- Determination of the inverse (or saturation) current of the cell without illumination. Solar panel mounted on an anodized aluminum structure with wheels for mobility, and with calibrated cell to measure the solar irradiation. It consists of 36 high performance single-cristal silicon photovoltaic 4.- Determination of parallel and series resistance of a solar cell without illumination. cells (35x55 mm), with a typical power of 50Wp for a 17Vdc voltage. 5.- Dependency of the open circuit Both the protections and the used materials give it water proof voltage (Voc) with lumens (luminous properties, abrasion protection, hail impact protection and several other adverse environmental factors protection. Technical data: flux). 6.- Determination of the parameters that describe the quality of a solar Maximum nominal power: 66W. Voltage on Pmax point (Vmp): cell. 17.8 V. Intensity on Pmax point (Imp): 3.70 A. Short-circuit current 7.- Measurement of the solar energy. (Isc): 4.05 A. Open circuit voltage (Voc): 22.25 V. 8.- Measurement of the solar panel Dimensions: (length x width x thickness) 780 x 660 x 35.5 mm. Weight: 3 Kg. approx. Anodized aluminum practices framework. Battery offering optimal performance with low power applications. Capacity: 32Ah with 96 Wh per day. Set of interconnection cables. Solar energy calculations voltage in vacuum. 9.- Determination of the disposition of cells in a solar panel. 10.- Familiarisation with the regulator parameters. software (CD-ROM). 11.- Loads connection to a 12 Volts DC. ES10. 12.- Loads connection to a 220 Volts Electronic regulation module (charge regulator), including a LCD screen. Charge regulator admits 12-24V voltage. Its reading allows to know the charging state of the battery, 5.- Energy PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES as well as the panel charging current. Moreover, the regulator has an add-on security: protection against polarity inversion and short-circuit, through electronic protection against overload, fuse-protected and extremely low electromagnetic waves emission. ES20. Loads module. Incorporating two 12 V, 50W lamps, with independent switches. ES30. Converter module from DC to AC. The so called DC/AC converter is an inverter for DC to AC conversion. The output voltage is a semi-sinusoidal 220 V, 50 Hz or 110 V, 60 Hz. The output power is 150 W for direct power and a maximum power of 300 W, having a 12 Vdc supply. ES40. AC Voltage measurements module until 250V. and DC ES50. Loads module. Including two lamps of 220V. or 110V., 50 ES60. Network inverter module. It receives 24 V and supplies sine until 30 V. W., with independent switches. wave alternating voltage of 220 V that is synchronised in phase with the energy of the public network. It supplies until 100 W power. ES60/PC. Network inverter module, which can be controlled by computer (PC), through RS-232 port. ES70. Wattmeter module of alternating current until 750 W. ES80. Module for measurements of solar irradiation (W/m2 ) and measurements of current until 10 A. ES90. Module for 12 V. battery control. (A maximum of two batteries can be incorporated in the module). Cables and Accessories for normal operation. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Other versions available: MINI-EESF/M. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer. MINI-EESF/B. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/ en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/MINI-EESF.pdf Page 78 AC. 5.3- Alternative Energies (continuation) EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL Unit: EEEC. Wind Energy Unit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EEEC Unit: This Unit is a laboratory-scale unit designed to study the eolic energy and the influence of some factors on this generation. Anodized aluminium structure. Main metallic elements in stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Stainless steel tunnel of 2200 x 700 x 700 mm approx., which includes a window of 1100 x 200 mm approx. Aerogenerator of 6 blades, power: 60 W, aerogenerator diameter: 510mm. Axial fan with speed variation for the wind simulation, computer controlled. Sensors: Temperature (“J” type) sensor. Air speed sensor: turbulence air speed (instantaneous)and mean speed. Speed sensor (aerogenerator). Voltage, current and power sensors: instantaneous current, voltage and power. Rms current, voltage and power. Load regulator. Loads module: variable load and fixed load. OPTIONAL (not included in the standard supply): EEEC-KIT. Kit of charge, conversion and consumption simulation: Energy accumulation and voltages conversion: 2 Batteries, 35 A./hour. Inverter,150W. Different loads: Fluorescent lamps. Incandescent lamps. DC Motor, 12V. AC Motor, 220V. 2 EEEC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EEEC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200 x 700 x 700 mm. Weight:100Kg. Control Interface: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of the aerogenerator operation in function of the wind speed variation. 2.- Angle of incidence variation. 3.- Load variation influence on the aerogenerator. 4.- Study of the voltage, power and current. 5.- Study of V, I, W in function of different loads. 6.- E f f i c i e n c y e x p e r i m e n t a l determination. 7.- Wind energy measurement. 8.- Familiarization with the regulator parameters. 9.- Study of the power generated by he aerogenerator depending on the wind speed. 10.- Study of the power generated by the aerogenerator depending on the air incident angle. 11.- Sensors calibration. Practices to be made with the OPTIONAL KIT “EEEC-KIT”: 12.- Loads connection to direct voltage. 13.- Loads connection to alternating voltage 220V. 14-32.-Practices with PLC. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EEEC.pdf BPPC. Computer Controlled Teaching and Researching Biodiesel Pilot Plant Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 6 Manuals OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 1 Unit: BPPC. Teaching and Researching Biodiesel Pilot Plant SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 1 2 3 4 5 6 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Items supplied as standard BPPC. Unit: Anodized aluminium structure. Panels an main metallic elements in stainless steel .Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Alcohol tank. Oil/fat tank. Pre-heater of alcohol. Reflux condenser. Total condenser. Biodiesel reactor. Cooler. Recovered alcohol tank. Product tank: Glycerin. Product tank: Biodiesel. Temperature sensors. Flow sensors. PBBC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. PBBC/CCSOF. Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second guaranteed. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EBDC.pdf Non computer controlled version available. Page 79 www.edibon.com 5.- Energy 1 issue:01/11 PLC's MODULE Ref: 0530/PLC 1 / 1 ITEM REFERENCE DESCRIPTION 1 PLC-PI MINI-EESTC/PLCSOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY BASIC 1 1 2 PLC-PI MINI-EEEC/PLCSOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY BASIC 1 1 3 0530PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 4 0530PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 5 0530IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 6 0530CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 7 0530TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 8 0530MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages QTY. 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: Technical and Vocational Education Energy Laboratory (5TV) List of modules and teaching units included plus Summarised Catalogues Priority 2 0400. Electricity 0413-410/20S: Domestic Electric Installations (20 CAI + CAL 0423K-420K/20S: Domestic Electric Installations "kit" (20 CAI + CAL 0500. Energy 0520: Energy: Advanced Power Plant Simulator Basi 0521: Energy: Advanced Power Plant Simulator Medium 1000 Process Control 1010: Process Control Basic Module 1010/PLC: PLC's Module 1000/ESN: EDIBON Scada-Net for Process Control units Ref.:5TV-pre(01/11) issue:01/11 DOMESTIC ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0413-410/20S ITEM REFERENCE 1 / 3 DESCRIPTION QTY. LIELBA "DOMESTIC " ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: 1 AD1A ALI02 ALI03 DET27 INT32 SEL03 SEL21 VAR07 ROBBERY ALARM STATION,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). GLASS BREAK DETECTOR. INTRUSION SWITCH/DETECTOR WITH RELAY 1000W. 3-PILOTS LIGHTS. INDOOR SIREN. KIT: BURGLAR ALARM CENTRAL + INFRARED ELE. + BATTERY. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 AD1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - BASIC ROBBERY ALARM STATION. 20 3 AD1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - BASIC ROBBERY ALARM STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 4 AD3A ALI02 ALI03 ALA02 DET06 DET21 FIRE ALARM STATION, INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). FIRE ALARM STATION (WITH BATTERY). SMOKE DETECTOR FOR DOMESTIC CONTROL. FIRE DETECTOR THROUGH IONIZATION FOR CENTRAL. INDOOR SIREN. 1 1 1 1 1 1 SEL21 1 5 AD3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - BASIC FIRE ALARM STATION 20 6 AD3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - BASIC FIRE ALARM STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 7 AD5 APPLICATION - TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS, INCLUDED DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AUTOMATIC OF STAIRS SWITCH + COMMUTATOR GROUP + BELL PUSHBUTTON. 2 LAMP-HOLDERS + INCANDESCENT LAMPS 40 W. 2 LOW CONSUMPTION FLUORESCENT LAMPS. 1 ALI02 CTI10 INT21 LAM08 LAM13 1 1 1 2 2 8 AD5/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS 20 9 AD5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 AD33 ALI02 COM14 ENC09 INSTALLATIONS FAULTS SIMULATOR,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 2 COMMUTATORS. 2-POLE EUROPEAN SOCKET WITH SAFETY DEVICE. 1 1 2 2 10 Ref: 0413-410/20S ITEM 2 / 3 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 10 COM21 LAM08 LAM09 MED65 FUS04 INVERTER + GROUP OF 2 COMMUTATORS. 2 LAMP-HOLDERS + INCANDESCENT LAMPS 40 W. FLUORESCENT LAMP. DIGITAL MULTIMETER. 3 FUSE-HOLDERS 10 A, 230 VAC (INCLUDE 2,4,6,10 A). 2 2 1 1 1 11 AD33/SOF* SOFTWARE DE ENSEÑANZA ASISTIDO DESDE COMPUTADOR (PC) SIMULADOR DE FALLOS EN INSTALACIONES ELECTRICAS 20 12 AD33/CAL SOFWARE DE APRENDIZAJE ASISTIDO DESDE COMPUTADOR PARA CIRCUITOS C.C. (CÁLCULO Y ANÁLISIS DE RESULTADOS) POR SIMULADOR DE FALLOS EN INSTALACIONES ELECTRICAS 20 13 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 14 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 15 CABD CABLES KIT 1 16 0410PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 17 0410PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 18 0410IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 19 0410CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 20 0410TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 21 0410MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0413-410/20S 3 / 3 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 1 APPLICATIONS Frame 2 (applications support) (AD1A) (AI1) (BASB) Modules automatic anchorage system High Safety (AD3A) APPLICATIONS Automatic earth connection system (AI2) Sight of the frame with some modules allocated or (BASS) (AD5) (AI4) (AI5) (AD6A) 3 4.- Electricity Sight of the frame with some modules allocated CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Teaching Technique used (AD8) INS/SOF. (AE7) Teacher Software EMT../SOF. Student/Module Software (AD9A) 4 (AE8) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box (AD13) (AE9) DAB. Data adquisition board MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other APPLICATIONS TOTALLY SAFETY SYSTEM Other APPLICATIONS The complete laboratory includes part 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 ,and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Frame (BASB or BASS) + one Application + Manuals. Available Applications: ! Domestic Electric Installations: AD1A. Robbery alarm station. AD3A. Fire alarm station. AD5. Temporization of stairs. AD6A. Luminosity control station. AD8. Blinds activator. AD9A. Heating control station. AD11A. Network analyzer. AD13. Audio door entry system. AD14. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A. Position control station. AD17A. Photoelectric control position station. AD24. Position Switch. AD19A. Sound station. AD22. Flooding control station. AD23. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A. C o n t r o l s t a t i o n f o r domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A. Integral control station of domestic electric systems. AD30. Gas control station. AD31. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. ! Industrial Electric Installations: AI1. Star-delta starter. AI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. AI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4. Starter-inverter. AI5. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6. DC motor starter. AI7. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. AI10. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1. Aerial line model. AE2. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. AE4. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5. Relay control station. AE6. Energy counters control station. AE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 37 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Frame Applications support. There are two options to chose: BAS-B. Basic Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Possibility of housing up to 10 different modules. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. or BASS. Double Frame SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Double frame, single side working post. Anodized aluminium structure and modular building. Dimensions approx.:1300mm x 800mm x 700mm. Possibility of housing until 12 different modules at the same time. Transparent internal separation. Automatic anchorage system for any module. Automatic earth connection system. Dimensions: 1300x800x700mm. approx. Weight: 2 Applications Main features: Painted steel modules. All modules have handles and diagram. Automatic anchorage system for housing the modules in the frame. Automatic earth connection in the modules. Safety connections. Safety wires. There is a manual for each application (8 manuals normally supplied). Domestic Electrical Installations AD1A. Robbery Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27. Glass Break Detector. INT32. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. VAR07. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD1A.pdf AD3A. Fire Alarm Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21. Indoor Siren. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET22. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD5. Temporization of Stairs SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10. Automatic of Stairs. INT21. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM13. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD5.pdf AD6A. Luminosity Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W/230Vac. INT18. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD6A.pdf Page 38 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD8. Blinds Activator SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19. Twilight Detector. DET20. Light Detector. VAR01. Motor for Blinds / Curtains. PUL29. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD9A. Heating Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. MED76. Thermostat for Heating. MED77. Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac. (2 units). TIM01. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25. Pointer Frequency Meter(45-65Hz). MED32. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30. 1-Phase Phasemeter 230V. MED38. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63. Synchronoscope. MED64. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD13. Audio Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01. Phones Power Supply. POR02. Phone. POR03. Interphone. POR06. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD14. Audio and Video Door Entry System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06. Lock. POR05. Phone/Monitor. POR04. Video Camera. POR07. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD14.pdf AD15A. Position Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD17A. Photoelectric Control Position Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 39 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity AD11A. Network Analyzer 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) AD24. Position Switch SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply. LAM03. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-switch. SEN02. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD19A. Sound Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06. Basic Audio Central. AUD20. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD22. Flooding Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET11. Probe for Water Electro-valve. (2 units). SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD25A. Control Station for Domestic Electric Services through the Telephone SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01. Basic Control Module. DET01. Flooding Detector. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). (3units). DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF. DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05. Tones Dialling Telephone. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD28A. Integral Control Station of Domestic Electric Systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02. Advanced Control Module. CTR05. Power Module 72W. CTR07. Timers Module. CTR08. Inputs Module 24V. CTR11. Outputs Module 24V. CTR17. Infrared Remote Control for Control Modules. CTR18. Infrared Receptor. DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09. Intrusion Detector for domestic control. DET10. Water Electro-valve. DET12. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08. Monitor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD28A.pdf Page 40 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 AD30. Gas Control Station (continuation) Applications (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12. Gas Electro-valve. DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02. Gas Detector. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD31. Movement and Sound Detection and Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22. 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 4.- Electricity AD32. 24vac/12vdc Circuits Analyzer 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AD33. Installations Faults Simulator PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14. 2 Commutators (2 units). ENC09. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device.(2 units). COM21.Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators. (2 units). LAM01. Lamps. LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units). LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65. Digital Multimeter. FUS04. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Fault box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electrical Installations AI1. Star-Delta Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac. (3 units)). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the starter. Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. Measurement of the star current and delta current. Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI2 Starter through Auto-transformer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI3. Speed Commutator for Dahlander Motor SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 41 www.edibon.com 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI4. Starter-Inverter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11. 3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60. Network Analyzer. PUL03. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI5. AC Wound Rotor Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ 4.- Electricity catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI6. DC Motor Starter SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03. 3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI7. Automatic Change of Speed of a Dahlander Motor with Change of Direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24. 3-pole+neutral Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (5 units). REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. AI8. Reactive Power Compensation (Power Factor Correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load,150 ohm, 500W. CAR09. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12. Inductive Load 0-33-78-140-193-236 mH. (2 units). MED60B.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AI8.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. AI9. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W. Resistance 1600 W. COM12.Commutator/Switch. PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD13. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AI10. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TN Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 42 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation) AI11. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in IT Neutral Regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02. 2-pole Load Switch. (2 units). CPA. Isolation Permanent Controller. Capacitor 300V. 200 nF .(2 units). Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. 2.- Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). More information in: 4.- Operation of the isolation controller. 1.- Study of an isolation simple fault. 5.- Study of the ground loop impedance. 3.- Study with several masses. www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf A12. Modular Trainer (AC Motors) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI12.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through contactor, with some stop and start push-buttons. 2.- Configuration of a magnetic protection system, with stop mush room button. 3.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with a switch. 4.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor through impulses contactor. 5.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with pushbuttons and signalling. 6.- Direct starting of a three-phase motor by GV protector with two boxes of push-buttons and signalling. 7.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 8.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor without stopping before turning in the opposite direction. 9.- Turning inverted starter of a three- phase motor with microswitch and push-buttons box. 10.- Star-delta starting with an turn inverter of a three-phase motor. 11.- Automatic star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 12.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor with microswitch, with start push-buttons, stop and function cycle. (Direct). 13.- Manual star-delta starting of a three-phase motor. 14.- Control of a single phase motor direct and, with time-delay connection and disconnection. 15.- Starting of a three-phase motor with single- phase voltage. 16.- Motor speed control with a variator. 17.-Parameters of the motor through software. 18.-Control of a two-speeds Dahlander motor. AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI10. Power Supply Module CAR30. Inductances Module CAR31. Capacitors Module CAR32. Rectifier Diodes Module CAR33 .Resistive Components Module LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp LAM26. Lighting Module MED65.Digital Multimeter REL50. Relays Module. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage) VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. TRA28. Three-phase transformer VAR16. Electromagnetism Kits with group of motor/generator VAR17. Dismantled transformer kit VAR18. Electrostatic kit VAR25. Open Universal Motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/electricity/basic/AI13.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Estatic Electricity: 1.- Static electricity checking,with an electroscope and anelectrometer. 2.- Static electricity experiments. Direct current (DC) and Alternating Current (AC): 3.- Ohm´s law verification. 4.- Installation of the resistive components module. 5.- Total resistance of a circuit in series. 6. Resistance of a circuit in parallel. 7.- Power measurement of a resistive circuit. 8.- Total resistance of a circuit in series/in parallel. 9.- Connection of lamps in series. 10.-Lamps in parallel. 11.-Analysis of the variable resistances response curve. 12.-Voltage divider analysis. 13.-Lamp with variable lighting. 14.-Simplification systems: Application of Kirchhoff´s first law. Application of Kirchhoff´s second law. Thevenin´s and Norton´s Theorem. 15.-Application of the superposition theorem. 16.-Resistive circuits in delta. 17.-Measurement and visualization of the alternating current. 18.-Measurement of the phase angle among voltages (AC). Dynamic Electricity: 19.- Identification of the components of the trainer. 20.-Preparation of the power supply and of the measurement instruments Electric capacity: 21.-Load and unload analysis of a capacitor. Magnetism, Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic induction: 22.-Electromagnetic Induction. 23.-Electromagnetic Induction. 24.- Electromagnet: Oersted's experiment. 25.- The electromagnetic field (Electromagnets). Motors: 26.-Electric motors 27.-Generators. Page 43 28.-Identification, coils measurement and starting-up of a single-phase motor. 29.-Identification, measurement and starting-up of an universal motor. 30.-Identification, coils measuremt and starting-up of a three phase motor. Transformers: 31.-Experiments and practices with a dismantled transformer. 32.-Identification of the three-phase transformer. 33.-Connection as single-phase transformer. 34.-Star/star three-phase connection. 35.-Reverse star/star three-phase connection . 36.-Direct delta/delta three-phase connection. 37.-Star/delta three-phase connection. 38.-Three-phase/six-phase connection. 39.-Transformer with coils in series in phase. RL, RC and RCL Circuits: 40.-Analysis of a RL circuit in series. 41.-Analysis of a RL circuit in parallel. 42.-Analysis of a RC circuit in series. 43.-Analysis of a RC circuit in parallel. 44.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in series. 45.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in parallel. Rectification and filtrate: 46.-Analysis of the rectifier diode response curve. 47.-Half wave rectification . 48.-Rectification to feed the universal motor. 49.-Double wave rectification with two windings. 50.-Double wave with a Graezt's bridge. 51.-Half wave three-phase rectification. 52.-Three-phase rectification in bridge. Electric circuits: 53.-Basic electric installation with lamps. 54.-Lamps controlled from two points and from three points. 55.-Lamps control by a switch relay. 56.-Lamps control by a commutato relay. 57.-Installation of a fluorescent tube www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). PUL48. 3 Double Chamber Push-buttons. (2 units). LAM02. Auxiliary Lamps(3 lamps. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (4 units). VAR09. Frequency variator. REL30. Synchronization Relay (variable delay). REL47. Thermal relay (GV protector) module (2 units). REL45. Module with disjunctor. IAM31. 4-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch,4A,Curve C FUS10. Module with 3 fuse-holders and power fuses. TRA06. 3-Phase Power Transformer (custom made). CAR10. Capacitive Load (custom made). VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor. 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Applications (continuation) Energy Installations AE1. Aerial Line Model SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. TRA18. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j= 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE1.pdf AE2. Reactive Energy Control and Compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE2.pdf AE3. Test Unit for Magneto-thermal Automatic Switches 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE4. Test Unit for Differential Automatic Switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE5. Relay Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE6. Energy Counters Control Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72. Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE6.pdf AE7. Multi-Functional Electrical Protection Station SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf AE8. Power & Torque Measurements of Electrical Motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents (0.3-1.5A). MED60. Network Analyzer. VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 44 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 2 Applications (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) AE9. Directional Relay: Earth Fault Detection. Directional Power Flow Detection. Reactive Power Flow Detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Modules: ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08. 3-Phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01. 3-Pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11. 3-Phase Capacitive Load. TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load. TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: http://www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Software CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between application/ module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Application Software (A.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Application (several modules) Instructor Software Student/Application Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the applications, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. A.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Application Software). It explains how to use the applications, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each application has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Applications Software Packages: ! Domestic Electrical Installations: AD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm Station. AD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. AD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. AD6A/SOF. L u m i n o s i t y c o n t r o l station. AD8/SOF. Blinds activator. AD9A/SOF. Heating control station. AD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. AD13/SOF. A u d i o d o o r e n t r y system. AD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. AD15A/SOF. Position control station. AD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. AD24/SOF. Position Switch. AD19A/SOF.Sound station. AD22/SOF. Flooding control station. AD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). AD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. AD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domesticelectric systems. AD30/SOF. Gas control station. AD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. AD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. AD33/SOF. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator. Industrial Electrical Installations: AI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. AI2/SOF. Starter through autotransformer. AI3/SOF. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor. AI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. AI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. AI6/SOF. DC motor starter. AI7/SOF. A u t o m a t i c c h a n g e o f speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. AI8/SOF. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor correction). AI9/SOF. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t indirect electrical c o n t a c t s inTT neutral regimen. AI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. AI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. AI12/SOF. Modular Trainer(AC motors). AI13/SOF. M o d u l a r Tr a i n e r f o r Electrotecnics. ! Energy Installations: AE1/SOF. Aerial line model. AE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. AE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automaticswitches. AE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. AE5/SOF. Relay control station. AE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. AE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. AE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. AE9/SOF. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 45 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity 3 4.1- Basic Electricity LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) Cables to interface 2 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board 1 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the applications/modules and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the application/module with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS. (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf Page 46 MUAD/SOF issue:01/11 DOMESTIC ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0423K-420K/20S ITEM 1 / 3 REFERENCE ELE-KIT ELE-KIT DESCRIPTION QTY. DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 BAS-K INSTALLATION CUBICLE 1 2 CABD CABLES KIT 1 3 KD1A ALI02-K ALI03-K DET27-K INT32-K SEL03-K ROBBERY ALARM STATION KIT,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). GLASS BREAK DETECTOR (SAFETY) 2 SWITCHES WITH LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON WITH LUMINOUS SCREEN (BELL, BULB, WC, ALARM...). VOLTAGE ELECTRONIC REGULATOR (SWITCH / COMMUTATOR) 40 TO 500W / 230 VAC. KIT: BURGLAR ALARM CENTRAL + INFRARED ELE. + BATTERY. 1 1 1 1 2 1 SEL21-K VAR07-K 1 1 4 KD1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR D.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 5 KD1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - BASIC ROBBERY ALARM STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 KD3A ALI02-K ALI03-K ALA02-K DET06-K DET21-K FIRE ALARM STATION KIT,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC). FIRE ALARM STATION (WITH BATTERY). DIMMER MODULE 350 LR. SWITCH/PRESENCE MICROWAVE DETECTOR (LIGHTING) VOLTAGE ELECTRONIC REGULATOR (SWITCH / COMMUTATOR) 40 TO 500W / 230 VAC. 1 1 1 1 1 1 SEL21-K 1 7 AD3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE APPLICATION - BASIC FIRE ALARM STATION 20 8 AD3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - BASIC FIRE ALARM STATION. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 KD5 ALI02-K CTI10-K INT21-K LAM08-K TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS KIT,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. 3-POLES CONTACTOR, REST RETARDED (24 VAC). 2-POLE LOAD SWITCH. TOUCH TYPE ELECTRONIC SWITCH/COMMUTATOR BY RELAY. 1-POLE FUSE SWITCH, 16 A. 1 1 1 1 2 COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS KIT 20 LAM13-K 10 KD5/SOF* 2 Ref: 0423K-420K/20S ITEM REFERENCE 2 / 3 DESCRIPTION QTY. 11 KD5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLICATION - TEMPORIZATION OF STAIRS. (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 KD33 ALI02-K COM14-K ENC09-K COM21-K LAM08-K INSTALLATION FAULTS SIMULATOR KIT,INCLUDED: DOMESTIC MAIN POWER SUPPLY. COMMUTATOR GROUP + BELL PUSH-BUTTON + SWITCH BATTERY MODULE FOR DOMESTIC CONTROL. 4 POSITIONS ROTARY COMMUTATOR + STOP. TOUCH TYPE ELECTRONIC SWITCH/COMMUTATOR BY RELAY. INFRARED SWITCH/COMMUTATOR BY TRIAC. DC MILLIAMMETER (0-100MA). INERTIA DETECTOR. 1 1 2 2 2 2 LAM09-K MED65-K FUS04-K 1 1 1 13 KD33/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF INSTALLATION FAULTS SIMULATOR KIT 20 14 KD33/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR D.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) FOR INSTALLATIONS FAULTS SIMULATOR 20 15 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 16 MUAD 1 EPIB DAB MUAD/SOF ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM,INCLUDED: ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 17 0410PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 18 0410PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 19 0410IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 20 0410CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 21 0410TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 22 0410MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0423K-420K/20S 3 / 3 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: 1 2 Installation Cubicle 2 (kits supports) KITS KITS (KD1A) (KI1) (BAS-K) (KI3) (KD3A) (KD6A) CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System 3 (KI5) Teaching Technique used INS/SOF. Instructor Software (AI6) (KD8) K.../SOF. Student/Kit Software (KD9A) 4 (KE7) MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System Teaching Technique used EPIB. Electric power interface box DAB. Data adquisition board (KD13) (KE8) MUAD/SOF. Power Data acquisition System 5 Manuals Other KITS Other KITS The complete system includes part 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, any part can be supplied individually or additionally. Minimum supply: Installation Cubicle + one Kit + Manuals. Available Kits !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit. KD3A. Fire alarm station kit. KD5. Temporization of stairs kit. KD6A. Luminosity control station kit. KD8. Blinds activator kit. KD9A. Heating control station kit. KD11A. Network analyzer kit. KD13. Audio door entry system kit. KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit. KD15A. Position control station kit. KD17A. P h o t o e l e c t r i c c o n t r o l position station kit. KD24. Position switch kit. KD19A. Sound station kit. KD22. Flooding control station kit. KD23. Wireless basic control station (RF) kit. KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30. Gas control station kit. KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit. KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit. KD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s simulator kit. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1. Star-delta starter kit. KI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer kit. KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit. KI4. Starter-inverter kit. KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit. KI6. DC motor starter kit. KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect Electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. !Energy Installations: KE1. Aerial line model kit. KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation. KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5. Relay control station kit. KE6. Energy counters control station kit. KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit. KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9. Kit of directional relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow d e t e c t i o n . Re a c t i v e p o w e r f l o w detection. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 47 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity (KD5) 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 1 Installation Cubicle BAS-K Installation Cubicle SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY All sides panel with rear and side walls and roof. Standard dimensions: 1200 x 1000 x 2000 mm. Other dimensions available on request. 2 Kits Domestic Electrical Installations KD1A. Robbery alarm station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET27-K. Glass Break Detector. INT32-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. VAR07-K. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm. 2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and alarm. 3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm. 4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD3A. Fire alarm station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALA02-K. Fire Alarm Station (with battery). DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET21-K. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET22-K. Fire Thermal Detector. SEL17-K. Fire Indicators, Bell type. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and alarm. 2.- Test of the station with fire detector. 3.- Test of the station with smoke detector. 4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector. 5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the fire. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD5. Temporization of stairs kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: 1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization. 2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps. 3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps. ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CTI10-K. Automatic of Stairs. INT21-K. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button.(2 units). LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.(2 units). LAM13-K. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps.(2 units). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD6A. Luminosity control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. REG06-K. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W /230Vac. INT18-K. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.- Assembly of the control station. Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp. Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp. Test of the station by movement sensor. Luminosity control. Complete control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD8. Blinds activator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT22-K. 2 Switches for Blinds. DET19-K. Twilight Detector. DET20-K. Light Detector. VAR01-K. Motor for Blinds/Curtains. PUL29-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock). PUL30-K. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 48 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches). 2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons). 3.- Blind activation by sensors. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD9A. Heating Control Station Kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply . MED76-K.Thermostat for Heating. MED77-K.Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration. SEL09-K. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac .(2 units). TIM01-K. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units). 1.- Assembly of the heating control station. 2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control. 3.- Test with several temperatures. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. MED11-K. AC Ammeter (0-10A). MED25-K. Pointer Frequency Meter (45-65Hz). MED32-K. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V. MED21-K. AC Voltmeter (0-250V). MED30-K. 1-Phase Phasemeter. 230V. MED38-K. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V. MED12-K. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units). MED22-K. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units). MED31-K. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units). MED39-K. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V. MED33-K. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V. MED63-K. Synchronoscope. MED64-K. Phase Sequence Indicator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 220V single-phase circuit. 2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage, frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases of a 380V three-phase circuit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD13. Audio door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR01-K. Phones Power Supply. POR02-K. Phone. POR03-K. Interphone. POR06-K. Lock. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check the interphone operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD14. Audio and video door entry system kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. POR06-K. Lock. POR05-K. Phone/Monitor. POR04-K. Video Camera. POR07-K. Digital Station. POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the system. 2.- To check of the video and audio operation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD15A. Position control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). INT14-K. 1-pole 2 Switches. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. SEN04-K. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP. SEN14-K. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor. SEN29-K. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor. SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro-Switch. SEN26-K. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the station with sensors. Test of the capacitive detection of a body. Test of the inductive position detection of a body. Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall sensor. 5.- To check the movement detection of a body. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD17A. Photoelectric control position station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM04-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units). SEN18-K. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor. SEN19-K. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor. SEN20-K. Compact Photoelectric Sensor. SEN21-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN22-K. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). SEN23-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter). SEN24-K. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Assembly of the control station. Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor. Test of the detection with miniature sensor. Test of the detection with compact sensor. Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors. Test of the detection with emitters and receivers. Test with only emitters and receptors. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD24. Position Switch kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). LAM03-K. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac). SEN01-K. Instantaneous Micro- switch. SEN02-K. MBB Micro-switch. SEN03-K. BBM Micro-switch. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch. 2.- MBB Micro-switch. 3.- BBM Micro-switch. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 49 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KD11A. Network analyzer Kit 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation) KD19A. Sound station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). AUD01-K. Analog Sound Regulator. AUD04-K. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD06-K. Basic Audio Central. AUD20-K. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo). AUD02-K. Digital Sound Regulator. AUD05-K. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units). AUD03-K. Warnings Emitter Module. AUD08-K. Background Music Regulator 3W. AUD10-K. Double Background Music Regulator. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Mono-stereo system installation. Mono system with warnings reception. Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception. Stereo system installation with warnings reception. Background Music installation. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD22. Flooding control station kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET11-K. Probe for Water Electro- valve (2 units). SEL03-K. 3 Pilot-Lights. SEL21-K. Indoor Siren. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe. 2.- Test of the flooding control. 3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF) Kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. SEL01-K. Light Signalling Beacons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm. 2.- Wireless panic button alarm. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD25A. Kit of control station for domestic electric services through the telephone PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR01-K. Basic Control Element. DET01-K. Flooding Detector. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector) . DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control . DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET13-K. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF. DET14-K. Wireless Panic Push- button RF. DET15-K. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF. VAR05-K. Tones Dialling Telephone. 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Smoke detection. Gas detection and electro-valve control. Flooding detection and electro-valve control. Temperature and Battery. Intrusion detection. Wireless detection. Complete control of home electric services through the telephone. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD28A. Kit of integral control station of domestic electric systems SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CTR02-K. Advanced Control Element. CTR05-K. Power Element 72W. CTR07-K. Timers Element. CTR08-K. Inputs Element 24V. CTR11-K. Outputs Element 24V. CTR17-K. Infrared Remote Control for Control Elements. CTR18-K. Infrared Receptor. DET04-K. Flooding Detector (with probe). DET05-K. Gas Detector for domestic control. DET06-K. Smoke Detector for domestic control. DET09-K. Intrusion Detector fo domestic control. DET10-K. Water Electro-valve. DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. VAR08-K. Monitor. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the complete system with the smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas detectors. 3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results. 4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and instrusion detectors. 5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion detectors. 6.- Electro-valves activation. 7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD30. Gas control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). DET12-K. Gas Electro-valve. DET03-K. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). DET02-K. Gas Detector. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 50 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Gas detection. 2.- Electro-valve activation. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Domestic Electric Installations KD31. Movement and sound detection and control kit (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. INT15-K. 2 Switches with Light. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders+ Incandescent Lamps 40W. INT31-K. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W. LAM10-K. 2 Halogen Lamps. PUL22-K 2 Light Push-Buttons. TIM05-K. Bell + Buzzer. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches. 2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). 2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KD33. Installations faults simulator kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. COM14-K. 2 Commutators. (2 units). ENC09-K. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device (2 units). COM21-K. Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators (2 units). LAM01-K. Lamps. LAM08-K. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W (2 units). LAM09-K. Fluorescent Lamp. MED65-K. Digital Multimeter. FUS04-K. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A). Faults Box. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.- Ground fault simulation of a plug base. Fault simulation between phases of a plug base. Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base. Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base. Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp base. To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base. To simulate fault of contact of the switch. To simulate fault of contact of the fuse. To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base. Industrial Electric Installations KI1. Star-delta starter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of the star current and delta current. 4.- Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI2. Starter through auto-transformer kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). TRA14-K. 3-Phase Auto-transformer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor. 3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI3. Speed commutator for Dahlander motor kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units). IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). REL02-K. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A). REL11-K. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the commutator. 2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander motor. 3.- Measurement of the voltage and current. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI4. Starter-inverter kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). CON11-K.3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. PUL03-K. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor. 3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 51 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity Included Elements ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). MED04-K. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA). MED05-K. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A). MED08-K. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA). MED09-K. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A). MED15-K. DC Voltmeter (0-5V). MED16-K. DC Voltmeter (0-50V). MED19-K. AC Voltmeter (0-10V). MED20-K. AC Voltmeter (0-60V). 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Industrial Electric Installations (continuation) KI5. AC wound rotor motor starter kit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). VAR06-K. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor). CAR22-K. AC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). 1.- Assembly of the starter. 2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI6. DC motor starter kit 4.- Electricity SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI04-K. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc). VAR04-K. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor). CAR23-K. DC Starting Rheostat. IAM20-K. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C. CON03-K.3-pole Contactor (12Vdc). PUL04-K. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac). CAR20-K. Diodes and Thyristors. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Direct starter. 2.- Starter rheostat. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI7. Kit of automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAM24-K. 3-pole+neutral Magneto- thermal Automatic Switch, 6A, Curve C. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac).(5 units). REL05-K. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units). PUL16-K. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units). VAR03-K. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set. 2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. 3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high speed. 4.- Change to low speed. 5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction. 6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption measurements. KI8. Kit of reactive power compensation (Power factor correction) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI02-K. Domestic Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. CAR09-K. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF. CAR12-K. Inductive Load 0-33-78- 140-193-236 mH (2 units). MED60B-K.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.- Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver. Measurement of power factor of a receiver. Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver. Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver. Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power factor). 8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the compensation. 9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the compensation. 10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation. KI9. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR05-K. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W . COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. AD13-K. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A, 300mA, class AC, instantaneous. 1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen. 2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential switch. 3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KI10. Kit of people safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. COM12-K.Commutator/Switch. (2 units). TRA12-K. 3-Phase Current Transformer. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. Resistance 200 W. Resistance 100 W, 72W. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen. Measurement of the ground loop impedances. Indirect contact with defect mass. The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-C conditions. 5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in TN-S conditions. KI11. Kit of People safety against indirect electrical contacts on IT neutral regimen SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. INT01-K. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units). INT02-K. 2-pole Load Switch .(2 units). Capacitor 300V. 200 nF. (2 units) Resistance 100 W. Resistance 10 W. CPA-K. Isolation Permanent Controller. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 52 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Study of an isolation simple fault. Study of an isolation double fault (only with one mass). Study with several masses. Operation of the isolation controller. Study of the ground loop impedance. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations KE1. Aerial line model kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K.3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K.3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K.3-phase Inductive Load. TRA05-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA. CAR18-K.Aerial Line Model. TRA18-K. Petersen Coil. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.5.- Assembly of the set. Measurement of the voltage without loads. Measurement of the voltage with loads. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the Petersen coil. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE2. Kit of reactive energy control and compensation SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set with inductive load. Power Factor (cos j) measurement. To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j = 1. Capacitors connection and power factor measurement. SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. IAM13-K. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C. TRA19-K. Transformer for Experiments (custom made). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the set. 2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic switch breaks. 3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping. KE4. Kit of test unit for differential automatic switches SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. IAD01-K. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA, class A. CAR04-K. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE5. Relay control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. REL23-K. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. CAR18-K. Aerial Line Model. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To connect the transformers to line. 2.- To connect the protection relay. 3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE6. Energy counters control station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR01-K. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W . TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. MED72-K.Energy Counter. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers. 2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy counter. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE7. Multi-functional electrical protection station kit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. CON01-K.3-pole Contactor (24Vac). REL22-K. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included). TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the station with the relay. 2.- To simulate faults in the line. 3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line parameters. 4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf KE8. Kit of power & torque measurements of electrical motors SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. ALI03-K. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac). CON02-K.3-pole Contactor (220Vac). PUL11-K. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac). REL08-K. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents 0.3-1.5A). MED60-K. Network Analyzer. VAR02-K. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage). FREND. Dynamo Brake. TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo. 2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power and the torque of the motor. 3.- To obtain the efficiency curve. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 53 www.edibon.com 4.- Electricity KE3. Kit of test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches 4.1- Basic Electricity ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) (continuation) 2 Kits (continuation) Energy Installations (continuation) KE9. Kit of directional Relay: Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Included Elements: ALI01-K. Industrial Main Power Supply. CAR08-K. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made). CON01-K. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). CAR11-K. 3-phase Capacitive Load. TRA04-K. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA. REL20-K. 1-Phase Directional Relay. CAR14-K. 3-phase Inductive Load. TRA10-K. Current Transformer 25/5A. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.2.3.4.- Assembly of the set. Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault. To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction. To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under certain limit. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Software 4.- Electricity 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between Kit and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (K.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit (several elements) Instructor Software Student/Kit Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. K.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Kits Software Packages: !Domestic Electrical Installations: KD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm station. KD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station. KD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs. KD6A/SOF. Luminosity control station. KD8/SOF. Blinds activator. KD9A/SOF. Heating control station. KD11A/SOF. Network analyzer. KD13/SOF. Audio door entry system. KD14/SOF. Audio and video door entry system. KD15A/SOF. Position control station. KD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control position station. KD24/SOF. Position Switch. KD19A/SOF.Sound station. KD22/SOF. Flooding control station. KD23/SOF. Wireless basic control station (RF). KD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic electric services through the telephone. KD28A/SOF.Integral control station of domestic electric systems. KD30/SOF. Gas control station. KD31/SOF. Movement and sound detection and control. KD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits analyzer. KD33/SOF. Installations faults simulator. !Industrial Electrical Installations: KI1/SOF. Star-delta starter. KI2/SOF. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer. KI3/SOF. S p e e d c o m m u t a t o r f o r Dahlander motor KI4/SOF. Starter-inverter. KI5/SOF. AC wound rotor motor starter. KI6/SOF. DC motor starter. KI7/SOF. Automatic change of speed of a Dahlander motor with change of direction. KI8/SOF. Reactive power compensation (Power factor correction). KI9/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TT neutral regimen. KI10/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in TN neutral regimen. KI11/SOF. People safety against indirect electrical contacts in IT neutral regimen. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 54 !Energy Installations: KE1/SOF. Aerial line model. KE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and compensation. KE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic switches. KE4/SOF. Test unit for differential automatic switches. KE5/SOF. Relay control station. KE6/SOF. Energy counters control station. KE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical protection station. KE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements of electrical motors. KE9/SOF. Directional Relay Earth fault detection. Directional power flow detection. Reactive power flow detection. 4.1- Basic Electricity (continuation) ELE-KITS. Electrical Installations Assembly Kits: (continuation) Data Acquisition 4 2 Connections points Data acquisition software (MUAD/SOF) 3 4 “n” Application Electric power interface box (EPIB) Cable to computer (DAB) 1 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System Data acquisition board Cables to interface 4 Student post MUAD is the perfect link between the kit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process. MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing, frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope. We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the kit with the supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope. 1)Hardware : 1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.): Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later treatment and visualisation. In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors. Analog Input Channels: 8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors. 1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board : PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. Bus PCI. Analog input: Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second). Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536. Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs. Timing: Counter/timers=2. 4.- Electricity This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF: EPIB DAB 2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software : Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation: Amicable graphical frame. Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/ELE-KITS.pdf Page 55 MUAD/SOF www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ENERGY: ADVANCED POWER PLANT SIMULATOR. BASIC MODULE Ref: 0520 1 / 2 ITEM REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. APS12 ADVANCED ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM AND POWER PLANTS SIMULATOR(GENERATION, TRANSFORMATION, TRANSPORT, DISTRIBUTION AND CONSUMPTION), FORMED BY: 1 1 H1 HUB I - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM WITH PROPER SCADA I. 1 2 G1 GENERATOR I WITH COMPLETE CABINET, INCLUDING AVR (AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR), WITH SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM 1 3 T-G1 T-GR1 GENERATOR GROUP TRANSFORMER I. GRID TRANSFORMER, WITHOUT VOLTAGE REGULATION. 1 1 4 LTS1 LINE I AND II CABINET WITH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION. 1 5 T-D1 DSL1 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER I. DISTRIBUTION SUBSTATION I, LOADS AND NETWORK EQUIVALENTS I. 1 1 6 0520PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 7 0520PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 8 0520IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 9 0520CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 10 0520TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 11 0520MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0520 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.2- Energy Power Plants PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) PSS12: Complete Configuration (14 Units). 1AG1. Generator Unit 3AT3. Power Transformer 4AL4. Substation and Lines Cubicle 5AC5. Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle 8BCE1. Electric Control Desk 6BEN1. Electric Control Board 1 (Energy Generation) 7BEL1. Electric Control Board 2 (Transformation and Lines) 5.- Energy Basic Configuration = Mini PSS12. Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption (7 Units). 2AG2. Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle 9BPR2. Electric Control Board 3 (Spare) 11CEP1. Energy Control Desk with SCADA System included 10CVW1.Videowall 12DAD1./13DAD2./14DAD3. Control Boards (slides) More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf Page 75 www.edibon.com 5.2- Energy Power Plants (continuation) PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY SOME PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES General Possibilities Example for Hydroelectric Power Plant: Experiments for Simulator Knowledge: EXPERIMENTS FOR SIMULATOR KNOWLEDGE (ESK) ESK 1. Simulated Hydroelectric Power Station. 1) Specific study of Simulator behaviour. 1.1. General description. 1.2. Layout. ! The selection of one type of Power Plant or another one will make the 1.3. Main wiring diagram. system to behave according to a specific simulation. 1.4. One-line electrical schema. ! The Simulator carries out a complex mathematical modelling that will 1.5. Mosaic type structure diagrams. allow studying the real behaviour of the Power Plant during the primary 1.6. Unit Steady States (USS). energy conversion. 1.7. Procedures for Unit Starting (PUS) and Shut Down (PUD). ! All Power Plant parameters can be edited allowing to modify and 1.8. Electrical and Hydraulics conditions for USS ,PUS and PUD. 1.9. Operation modes. adequate to specific Power Plants cases. For example, in the Hydroelectric ESK 2-6. Overall presentation of simulation models: type: rain amount, affluents, pipes, bumpy textures, etc. ESK 2. Model of the Energy Conversion in a Hydroelectric Power Station. ESK 3. Model of Generation Unit and Auxiliary Services. 2) Power Plant Control. All procedures. ESK 4. Model of Main Transformer, Substation and Interconnection Lines. ! Each different starting, operation and stop procedures belongs to each ESK 5. Model of Loads and Network Equivalent. specific Power Plant. ESK 6. Model of Control Room. ! During the process there will appear some images of real Power Plants ESK 7-22. Operation instructions for the different parts of the Equipment: ESK 7. Operations from Hydraulic Control Boards. while an animated simulation will show how our Power Plant works. ESK 8-10. Operations from Hydraulic Control Desk: ! It shows the real procedures that happens in a real Power Plant. ESK 8. Software operations on Hydraulic Control Desk: -Circuit Breaker Faults 3) Possibility to use different types of Power Plants at the same time. -Alarms ! Apart from the particular study of each type of Power Plant and the -………. ESK 9. Operation of Generator Excitation System from Hydraulic Control Desk. operation (generation) synchronized with the national electrical network, ESK 10. Operation of Power Electronic Converter from Hydraulic Control Desk. the simulator allows an interconnection between different types of Power ESK 11-12. Operations from Electric Control Boards: Plants. This will allow a real Network Simulation, studying the figure of ESK 11. Operations of the protective relays. system operator and regulating the combined operation of the different ESK 12. Other operations on the Electric Control Boards. Power Plants types. ESK 13-14. Operations from Electric Control Desk: ESK 13. Control and signalling of switchgear, taking into account interlockings. ESK 14. Generator frequency and voltage adjustments. Main Target ESK 15. Generator Unit. ESK 16-17. Operations on Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle: ! The main target of this Simulator is to train technical students, workers and ESK 16. Measurements of generator and auxiliary services quantities. even teachers, in how the Energy can be generated, transformed, transported, ESK 17.Location and type of fault selection for Synchronous generator protection distributed and how it can be consumed. system. ! Additionally PSS12 allows to simulate all the procedures carried out in real ESK 18. Power transformer. power plant to star up the generation plant, to run it and to connect it to the ESK 19-20. Operations on Substation and Lines Cubicle National grid (Electrical Network), etc. ESK 19. Adjustment of lines 1 and 2 lengths. ESK 20. Location and fault type selection on lines 1 and 2. ESK 21-22. Operations from Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle ESK 21. Type and level of load selection. Structure of the Complete Simulator ESK 22. Network equivalents selection. ESK 23. Videowall. The Complete Simulator is formed by two main parts, the first part (a) with 14 Experiments for Operational Simulation: Units and the second one (b) the Simulation with Generation System Software Unit starting and shutdown procedures (EOS 1-17) EOS 1-14. Starting procedures. (Hybrid System). Starting unit to running in island- PUS 12 EOS 1. Manual starting. a) Small Scale Electric Power System: EOS 2. Guide-operator and automatic starting. This Small Scale Electric Power System consists of 14 different units (1AG1 Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1- PUS 13. Generator Unit, 2AG2 Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle, 3AT3 EOS 3. Manual starting. Power Transformer, 4AL4 Substation and Lines Cubicle, 5AC5 Loads and EOS 4. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.2 Network Equivalents Cubicle, 6BEN1 Electric Control Board 1 (energy EOS 5. Manual starting. generation), 7BEL1 Electric Control Board 2 (transformation and lines), EOS 6. Guide-operator and automatic starting. 8BCE1 Electric Control Board 3 (spare), 9BPR2 Electric Control Desk, Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.3 10CVW1 Videowall, 11CEP1 Energy Control Desk, 12DAD1-13DAD2EOS 7. Manual starting. 14DAD3 Control Boards (slides)). EOS 8. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 1- PUS 14.1 This Complete Simulator is built with the same devices as those used in the EOS 9. Manual starting. EOS 10. Guide-operator and automatic starting. real Power Plants. Therefore the system reproduces at small scale the Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 2- PUS 14.2 functioning of a real Power System. EOS 11. Manual starting. EOS 12. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Not only the steps for starting a Power Plant, but many faults can be Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Lines 1 and 2- PUS 14.3 simulated. EOS 13. Manual starting. EOS 14. Guide-operator and automatic starting. EOS 15-17. Shutdown procedures b) Software Packages: Normal shutdown PUD-N 8 Software Packages, which allow to simulate 8 different Electric Power EOS 15. Manual shutdown. Plants, as follow: EOS 16. Guide-operator and automatic shutdown. ! Nuclear Power Station (ref. CN). Emergency shutdown PUD-E ! Diesel Thermal Station (ref. CTD). EOS 17. Emergency shutdown ! Fossil Fuel Thermal Station (ref. CTCF). Unit operating in normal regime (EOS 18- 58) EOS 18-29. Unit feeding isolated loads with automatic frequency control and voltage ! Combined Cycle Thermal Station (ref. CTCC). adjustment at remote substation busbars. ! Hydroelectric Station (ref. CHD). Through Line 1 (USS 4.1) ! Wind-powered Station (ref. CE). EOS 18. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure resistive loads. ! Photovoltaic Solar Station (ref. CSFV). EOS 19. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure inductive loads. ! Heliothermic Solar Station (ref. CHST). EOS 20. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 21. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different mixed loads. Through Line 2 (USS 4.2) H and anyone requested by the customer. EOS 22. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure resistive loads. EOS 23. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure inductive loads. This is an Hybrid System as combines hardware and software using the proper EOS 24. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure capacitive loads. mathematics models. EOS 25. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different mixed loads. Through Lines 1 and 2 (USS 4.3) The final configuration of the Complete Simulator will be formed by: EOS 26.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure resistive 1) One small scale Electric Power System. loads. 2) At least, one of the eight Software Packages mentioned above. The EOS 27.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure inductive customer will decide which (any or all of them) of the software packages loads. wants to buy. EOS 28. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 29. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different mixed loads. c) SCADA System. This unit uses a control and acquisition system (SCADA) EOS 30-33. Unit feeding isolated loads through Line 2 (USS 4.2) with automatic frequency in both versions MINI PSS12 and PSS12. control and voltage adjustment at substation bars. EOS 30. Determine voltage drop through main transformer with different pure resistive loads. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ ...Etc. (See PSS12 catalogue) units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf 5.- Energy Differences between Simulators of the different Power Plants: Page 76 issue:01/11 ENERGY: ADVANCED POWER PLANT SIMULATOR .MEDIUM MODULE Ref: 0521 1 / 2 ITEM REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 G2 GENERATOR II WITH COMPLETE CABINET, INCLUDING AVR (AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR), WITH SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM. 1 2 T-G2 T-GR2 GENERATOR GROUP TRANSFORMER II. GRID TRANSFORMER WITH TAP CHANGER, WITH VOLTAGE REGULATION. 1 1 3 LTS2 LINE III, IV AND V CABINET WITH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION. 1 4 DSL2 1 T-D2 DISTRIBUTION SUBSTATION II, LOADS AND NETWORK EQUIVALENTS II. DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER II 1 5 C-DL DYNAMICS LOADS. 1 6 C-A ALARMS CABINET 1 7 C-P METHACRILATE STUDENT PROTECTIONS FOR SAFETY MEASUREMENTS. 1 8 C-F SPECIFIC POWER PLANT FILMS WITH 3 SCREENS AND PROJECTOR. 1 9 SCADA-CRI 30 STUDENTS VISUALIZATION AND REMOTE CONTROL INDIVIDUALLY 1 10 0521PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 11 0521PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 12 0521IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 13 0521CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 14 0521TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 15 0521MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0521 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.2- Energy Power Plants PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) PSS12: Complete Configuration (14 Units). 1AG1. Generator Unit 3AT3. Power Transformer 4AL4. Substation and Lines Cubicle 5AC5. Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle 8BCE1. Electric Control Desk 6BEN1. Electric Control Board 1 (Energy Generation) 7BEL1. Electric Control Board 2 (Transformation and Lines) 5.- Energy Basic Configuration = Mini PSS12. Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption (7 Units). 2AG2. Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle 9BPR2. Electric Control Board 3 (Spare) 11CEP1. Energy Control Desk with SCADA System included 10CVW1.Videowall 12DAD1./13DAD2./14DAD3. Control Boards (slides) More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf Page 75 www.edibon.com 5.2- Energy Power Plants (continuation) PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY SOME PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES General Possibilities Example for Hydroelectric Power Plant: Experiments for Simulator Knowledge: EXPERIMENTS FOR SIMULATOR KNOWLEDGE (ESK) ESK 1. Simulated Hydroelectric Power Station. 1) Specific study of Simulator behaviour. 1.1. General description. 1.2. Layout. ! The selection of one type of Power Plant or another one will make the 1.3. Main wiring diagram. system to behave according to a specific simulation. 1.4. One-line electrical schema. ! The Simulator carries out a complex mathematical modelling that will 1.5. Mosaic type structure diagrams. allow studying the real behaviour of the Power Plant during the primary 1.6. Unit Steady States (USS). energy conversion. 1.7. Procedures for Unit Starting (PUS) and Shut Down (PUD). ! All Power Plant parameters can be edited allowing to modify and 1.8. Electrical and Hydraulics conditions for USS ,PUS and PUD. 1.9. Operation modes. adequate to specific Power Plants cases. For example, in the Hydroelectric ESK 2-6. Overall presentation of simulation models: type: rain amount, affluents, pipes, bumpy textures, etc. ESK 2. Model of the Energy Conversion in a Hydroelectric Power Station. ESK 3. Model of Generation Unit and Auxiliary Services. 2) Power Plant Control. All procedures. ESK 4. Model of Main Transformer, Substation and Interconnection Lines. ! Each different starting, operation and stop procedures belongs to each ESK 5. Model of Loads and Network Equivalent. specific Power Plant. ESK 6. Model of Control Room. ! During the process there will appear some images of real Power Plants ESK 7-22. Operation instructions for the different parts of the Equipment: ESK 7. Operations from Hydraulic Control Boards. while an animated simulation will show how our Power Plant works. ESK 8-10. Operations from Hydraulic Control Desk: ! It shows the real procedures that happens in a real Power Plant. ESK 8. Software operations on Hydraulic Control Desk: -Circuit Breaker Faults 3) Possibility to use different types of Power Plants at the same time. -Alarms ! Apart from the particular study of each type of Power Plant and the -………. ESK 9. Operation of Generator Excitation System from Hydraulic Control Desk. operation (generation) synchronized with the national electrical network, ESK 10. Operation of Power Electronic Converter from Hydraulic Control Desk. the simulator allows an interconnection between different types of Power ESK 11-12. Operations from Electric Control Boards: Plants. This will allow a real Network Simulation, studying the figure of ESK 11. Operations of the protective relays. system operator and regulating the combined operation of the different ESK 12. Other operations on the Electric Control Boards. Power Plants types. ESK 13-14. Operations from Electric Control Desk: ESK 13. Control and signalling of switchgear, taking into account interlockings. ESK 14. Generator frequency and voltage adjustments. Main Target ESK 15. Generator Unit. ESK 16-17. Operations on Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle: ! The main target of this Simulator is to train technical students, workers and ESK 16. Measurements of generator and auxiliary services quantities. even teachers, in how the Energy can be generated, transformed, transported, ESK 17.Location and type of fault selection for Synchronous generator protection distributed and how it can be consumed. system. ! Additionally PSS12 allows to simulate all the procedures carried out in real ESK 18. Power transformer. power plant to star up the generation plant, to run it and to connect it to the ESK 19-20. Operations on Substation and Lines Cubicle National grid (Electrical Network), etc. ESK 19. Adjustment of lines 1 and 2 lengths. ESK 20. Location and fault type selection on lines 1 and 2. ESK 21-22. Operations from Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle ESK 21. Type and level of load selection. Structure of the Complete Simulator ESK 22. Network equivalents selection. ESK 23. Videowall. The Complete Simulator is formed by two main parts, the first part (a) with 14 Experiments for Operational Simulation: Units and the second one (b) the Simulation with Generation System Software Unit starting and shutdown procedures (EOS 1-17) EOS 1-14. Starting procedures. (Hybrid System). Starting unit to running in island- PUS 12 EOS 1. Manual starting. a) Small Scale Electric Power System: EOS 2. Guide-operator and automatic starting. This Small Scale Electric Power System consists of 14 different units (1AG1 Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1- PUS 13. Generator Unit, 2AG2 Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle, 3AT3 EOS 3. Manual starting. Power Transformer, 4AL4 Substation and Lines Cubicle, 5AC5 Loads and EOS 4. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.2 Network Equivalents Cubicle, 6BEN1 Electric Control Board 1 (energy EOS 5. Manual starting. generation), 7BEL1 Electric Control Board 2 (transformation and lines), EOS 6. Guide-operator and automatic starting. 8BCE1 Electric Control Board 3 (spare), 9BPR2 Electric Control Desk, Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.3 10CVW1 Videowall, 11CEP1 Energy Control Desk, 12DAD1-13DAD2EOS 7. Manual starting. 14DAD3 Control Boards (slides)). EOS 8. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 1- PUS 14.1 This Complete Simulator is built with the same devices as those used in the EOS 9. Manual starting. EOS 10. Guide-operator and automatic starting. real Power Plants. Therefore the system reproduces at small scale the Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 2- PUS 14.2 functioning of a real Power System. EOS 11. Manual starting. EOS 12. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Not only the steps for starting a Power Plant, but many faults can be Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Lines 1 and 2- PUS 14.3 simulated. EOS 13. Manual starting. EOS 14. Guide-operator and automatic starting. EOS 15-17. Shutdown procedures b) Software Packages: Normal shutdown PUD-N 8 Software Packages, which allow to simulate 8 different Electric Power EOS 15. Manual shutdown. Plants, as follow: EOS 16. Guide-operator and automatic shutdown. ! Nuclear Power Station (ref. CN). Emergency shutdown PUD-E ! Diesel Thermal Station (ref. CTD). EOS 17. Emergency shutdown ! Fossil Fuel Thermal Station (ref. CTCF). Unit operating in normal regime (EOS 18- 58) EOS 18-29. Unit feeding isolated loads with automatic frequency control and voltage ! Combined Cycle Thermal Station (ref. CTCC). adjustment at remote substation busbars. ! Hydroelectric Station (ref. CHD). Through Line 1 (USS 4.1) ! Wind-powered Station (ref. CE). EOS 18. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure resistive loads. ! Photovoltaic Solar Station (ref. CSFV). EOS 19. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure inductive loads. ! Heliothermic Solar Station (ref. CHST). EOS 20. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 21. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different mixed loads. Through Line 2 (USS 4.2) H and anyone requested by the customer. EOS 22. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure resistive loads. EOS 23. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure inductive loads. This is an Hybrid System as combines hardware and software using the proper EOS 24. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure capacitive loads. mathematics models. EOS 25. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different mixed loads. Through Lines 1 and 2 (USS 4.3) The final configuration of the Complete Simulator will be formed by: EOS 26.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure resistive 1) One small scale Electric Power System. loads. 2) At least, one of the eight Software Packages mentioned above. The EOS 27.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure inductive customer will decide which (any or all of them) of the software packages loads. wants to buy. EOS 28. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 29. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different mixed loads. c) SCADA System. This unit uses a control and acquisition system (SCADA) EOS 30-33. Unit feeding isolated loads through Line 2 (USS 4.2) with automatic frequency in both versions MINI PSS12 and PSS12. control and voltage adjustment at substation bars. EOS 30. Determine voltage drop through main transformer with different pure resistive loads. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ ...Etc. (See PSS12 catalogue) units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf 5.- Energy Differences between Simulators of the different Power Plants: Page 76 issue:01/11 PROCESS CONTROL.BASIC MODULE Ref: 1010 1 / 2 ITEM 1 REFERENCE UCP UCP-UB UCP/CIB DAB UCP/CCSOF , UCP-T UCP-C UCP-N UCP-PA UCP-pH UCP-CT DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM (WITH ELECTRONIC CONTROL VALVE) FOR PROCESS CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE, FLOW, LEVEL , WATER PRESSURE AND CONDUCTIVITY AND TOTAL DISOLVED SOLIDS, FORMED BY: BASE UNIT. (COMMON FOR ALL SETS FOR PROCESS CONTROL TYPE "UCP") CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR PROCESS CONTROL UNIT FOR THE STUDY OF OF TEMPERATURE, FLOW, LEVEL , WATER PRESSURE AND CONDUCTIVITY AND TOTAL DISOLVED SOLIDS DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PROCESS CONTROL UNIT FOR THE STUDY OF TEMPERATURE, FLOW, LEVEL , WATER PRESSURE AND CONDUCTIVITY AND TOTAL DISOLVED SOLIDS SETS (SENSOR, ELEMENTS AND COMPUTER CONTROL SOFTWARE) USED IN BASE UNIT: SET FOR TEMPERATURE PROCESS CONTROL SET FOR FLOW PROCESS CONTROL SET FOR LEVEL PROCESS CONTROL SET FOR WATER PRESSURE PROCESS CONTROL SET FOR pH PROCESS CONTROL SET FOR CONDUCTIVITY AND TDS (TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS) PROCESS CONTROL QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 UCP/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PROCESS CONTROL UNIT FOR THE STUDY OF TEMPERATURE, FLOW, LEVEL , WATER PRESSURE AND CONDUCTIVITY AND TOTAL DISOLVED SOLIDS 1 3 1010PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 4 1010PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 5 1010IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 6 1010CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 7 1010TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 8 1010MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 1010 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 10.1- Process Control. Fundamentals UCP. Computer Controlled Process Control System (with electronic control valve): Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 1 UCP-UB. Base Unit ( ) 3 2 Data Acquisition Computer Control Software for each Board Set for Process 5 Cables and Accessories Control 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: + Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control ( ) 4.1 UCP-T. Set for Temperature Process Control Sensor and elements + Sensor and elements Sensor and elements Sensor and elements Computer Control Software for Level Process Control ( ) Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control ( ) Computer Control Software for pH Process Control ( ) Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control ( ) 4.3 UCP-N. Set for Level Process Control 4.4 UCP-PA. Set for Pressure Process Control Sensor and elements + Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control ( ) 4.2 UCP-C. Set for Flow Process Control + + UCP-PH. Set for PH Process Control 4.5 SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY + 4.6 UCP-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS( Total Dissolved Solids)Process Control PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Common items for all Process Control parameters: 1 UCP-UB. Unit: This unit is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCP” and can work with one or several sets. Anodized aluminium structure. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Main tank and collector with an orifice in the central dividing wall.(2x25 dm3), and drainage in both compartments. Dual process tank (2x10 dm3), interconnected through an orifice and a ball valve and an overflow in the dividing wall; a graduate scale and a threaded drain of adjustable level with bypass. Centrifugal pumps. Variable area flow meters (0.2-2 1/min, and 0.2-10 1/min), and with a manual valve. Line of on/off regulation valves (solenoid), and manual drainage valves of the upper tank. Proportional valve: motorized control valve. 2 UCP/CIB. Control Interface Box : This is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCP” and can work with one or several sets. With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the PC of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the PC keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s . 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: (These Sets will be supplied and installed in the Base Unit and ready for working) 4.1 UCP-T. Set for Temperature Process Control: Temperature sensor “J type”. Electric resistor (0.5 KW). Helix agitator. On/off level switch. (It determines the performance of the immersion resistor). Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control: (#) Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing,comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 4.2 UCP-C. Set for Flow Process Control: Turbine type flow sensor. Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control. (#) 4.3 UCP-N. Set for Level Process Control: 0-300mm level sensor (of capacitive immersion, 4-20mA). Computer Control Software for Level Process Control. (#). 4.4 UCP-PA. Set for Pressure Process Control: Pressure sensor. Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control. (#). 4.5 UCP-PH. Set for pH Process Control: pH sensor. Helix agitator. Computer Control Software for pH Process Control. (#). 4.6 UCP-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) sensor. Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control.(#). 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions(approx.)=UCP-UB Unit: 500x1000x1000mm. Weight: 40Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310mm. Weight: 10 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ Temperature Process Control: 1.- Temperature control loops (Manual). 2.- Temperature control loops (On/Off). 3.- Temperature control loops (P). 4.- Temperature control loops (P+I). 5.- Temperature control loops (P+D). 6.- Temperature control loops (P+I+D). 7.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Ziegler- Nichols). 8.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Reaction Curves). 9.- Temperature sensor calibration. Flow Process Control: 10.- Flow control loops (Manual). 11.- Flow control loops (On/Off). 12.- Flow control loops (P). 13.- Flow control loops (P+I). 14.- Flow control loops (P+ D). 15.- Flow control loops (P+I+I). 16.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Ziegler -Nichols). 17.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Reaction Curves). 18.- Flow sensor calibration. Level Process Control: 19.- Level control loops (Manual). 20.- Level control loops (On/Off). 21.- Level control loops (Proportional). 22.- Level control loops (P+I). 23.- Level control loops (P+D). 24.- Level control loops(P+I+D). 25.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 26.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Reaction Curves). 27.- Level sensor calibration. Pressure Process Control: 28.- Pressure control loops (Manual). 29.- Pressure control loops(On/Off). 30.- Pressure control loops (P). 31.- Pressure control loops (P+I). 32.- Pressure control loops (P+D). 33.- Pressure control loops (P+I+D). 34.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 35.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Reaction Curves). 36.- Pressure sensor calibration. pH Process Control: 37.- pH control loops (Manual). 38.- pH control loops(On/Off). 39.- pH control loops (P). 40.- pH control loops (P+I). 41.- pH control loops (P+D). 42.- pH control loops (P+I+D). 43.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 44.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Reaction Curves). 45.- pH sensor calibration. Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: 46.- Conductivity control loops (Manual). 47.- Conductivity control loops(On/Off). 48.- Conductivity control loops (P). 49.- Conductivity control loops (P+I). 50.- Conductivity control loops (P + D). 51.- Conductivity control loops (P+I+D). 52.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 53.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Reaction Curves) 54.- TDS control loops (Manual). 55.- TDS control loops(On/Off). 56.- TDS control loops (P). 57.- TDS control loops (P+I). 58.- TDS control loops (P+D). 59.- TDS control loops (P+I+D). 60.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 61.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Reaction Curves). 62.- Conductivity and TDS sensor calibration. 63-81.- Practices with PLC. processcontrol/fundamentals/UCP.pdf Page 61 www.edibon.com 10.- Process Control Sensor and elements 10.1- Process Control. Fundamentals (continuation) UCPCN. Computer Controlled Process Control System (with pneumatic control valve): Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 1 UCPCN-UB. Base Unit ( ) 3 2 Data Acquisition Computer Control Software for each Board Set for Process 5 Cables and Accessories Control 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: Sensor and elements + Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control ( ) 4.1 UCPCN-T. Set for Temperature Process Control Sensor and elements Sensor and elements + + Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control ( ) UCPCN-C. Set for Flow Process Control 4.2 Computer Control Software for Level Process Control ( ) UCPCN-N. Set for Level Process Control 4.3 Sensor and elements + Sensor and elements + Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control ( ) 4.4 UCPCN-PA. Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control ( ) UCPCN-PH. Set for PH Process Control 4.6 UCPCN-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS( Total Dissolved Solids)Process Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 10.- Process Control + Computer Control Software for pH Process Control ( ) 4.5 Set for Pressure Process Control Sensor and elements PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Common items for all Process Control parameters: 1 UCPCN-UB. Unit: This unit is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCPCN” and can work with one or several sets. Anodized aluminium structure. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Main tank and collector with an orifice in the central dividing wall.(2x25 dm3), and drainage in both compartments. Dual process tank (2x10 dm3), interconnected through an orifice and a ball valve and an overflow in the dividing wall; a graduate scale and a threaded drain of adjustable level with bypass. Centrifugal pumps. Variable area flow meters (0.2-2 1/min, and 0.2-10 1/min), and with a manual valve. Line of on/off regulation valves (solenoid), and manual drainage valves of the upper tank. Pneumatic Control Valve. 2 UCPCN/CIB. Control Interface Box : This is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCPCN” and can work with one or several sets. With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the PC of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the PC keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s . 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: (These Sets will be supplied and installed in the Base Unit and ready for working) 4.1 UCPCN-T. Set for Temperature Process Control: Temperature sensor “J type”. Electric resistor (0.5 KW). Helix agitator. On/off level switch. (It determines the performance of the immersion resistor). Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control: (#) Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing,comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 4.2 UCPCN-C. Set for Flow Process Control: Turbine type flow sensor. Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control. (#) 4.3 UCPCN-N. Set for Level Process Control: 0-300mm level sensor (of capacitive immersion, 4-20mA). Computer Control Software for Level Process Control. (#). 4.4 UCPCN-PA. Set for Pressure Process Control: Pressure sensor. Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control. (#). 4.5UCPCN-PH. Set for pH Process Control: pH sensor. Helix agitator. Computer Control Software for pH Process Control. (#). 4.6 UCPCN-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) sensor. Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control.(#). 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions(approx.)=UCPCN-UB Unit: 500x1000x1000mm. Weight: 40Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310mm. Weight: 10 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ processcontrol/fundamentals/UCPCN.pdf Page 62 Temperature Process Control: 1.- Temperature control loops (Manual). 2.- Temperature control loops (On/Off). 3.- Temperature control loops (P). 4.- Temperature control loops (P+I). 5.- Temperature control loops (P+D). 6.- Temperature control loops (P+I+D). 7.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Ziegler- Nichols). 8.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Reaction Curves). 9.- Temperature sensor calibration. Flow Process Control: 10.- Flow control loops (Manual). 11.- Flow control loops (On/Off). 12.- Flow control loops (P). 13.- Flow control loops (P+I). 14.- Flow control loops (P+ D). 15.- Flow control loops (P+I+I). 16.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Ziegler -Nichols). 17.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Reaction Curves). 18.- Flow sensor calibration. Level Process Control: 19.- Level control loops (Manual). 20.- Level control loops (On/Off). 21.- Level control loops (Proportional). 22.- Level control loops (P+I). 23.- Level control loops (P+D). 24.- Level control loops(P+I+D). 25.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 26.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Reaction Curves). 27.- Level sensor calibration. Pressure Process Control: 28.- Pressure control loops (Manual). 29.- Pressure control loops(On/Off). 30.- Pressure control loops (P). 31.- Pressure control loops (P+I). 32.- Pressure control loops (P+D). 33.- Pressure control loops (P+I+D). 34.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 35.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Reaction Curves). 36.- Pressure sensor calibration. pH Process Control: 37.- pH control loops (Manual). 38.- pH control loops(On/Off). 39.- pH control loops (P). 40.- pH control loops (P+I). 41.- pH control loops (P+D). 42.- pH control loops (P+I+D). 43.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 44.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Reaction Curves). 45.- pH sensor calibration. Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: 46.- Conductivity control loops (Manual). 47.- Conductivity control loops(On/Off). 48.- Conductivity control loops (P). 49.- Conductivity control loops (P+I). 50.- Conductivity control loops (P + D). 51.- Conductivity control loops (P+I+D). 52.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 53.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Reaction Curves) 54.- TDS control loops (Manual). 55.- TDS control loops(On/Off). 56.- TDS control loops (P). 57.- TDS control loops (P+I). 58.- TDS control loops (P+D). 59.- TDS control loops (P+I+D). 60.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 61.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Reaction Curves). 62.- Conductivity and TDS sensor calibration. 63-81.- Practices with PLC. 10.1- Process Control. Fundamentals (continuation) UCPCV. Computer Controlled Process Control System (with speed controller): Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 1 UCPCV-UB. Base Unit ( ) 3 2 Data Acquisition Computer Control Software for each Board Set for Process 5 Cables and Accessories Control 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: + Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control ( ) 4.1 UCPCV-T. Set for Temperature Process Control Sensor and elements Sensor and elements + + Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control ( ) UCPCV-C. Set for Flow Process Control 4.2 Computer Control Software for Level Process Control ( ) UCPCV-N. Set for Level Process Control 4.3 Sensor and elements + Sensor and elements + Sensor and elements + Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control ( ) Computer Control Software for pH Process Control ( ) Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control ( ) UCPCV-PA. Set for Pressure Process Control 4.5 UCPCV-PH. Set for PH Process Control 4.6 UCPCV-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS( Total Dissolved Solids)Process Control 4.4 SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Common items for all Process Control parameters: 1 UCPCV-UB. Unit: This unit is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCPCV” and can work with one or several sets. Anodized aluminium structure. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Main tank and collector with an orifice in the central dividing wall.(2x25 dm3), and drainage in both compartments. Dual process tank (2x10 dm3), interconnected through an orifice and a ball valve and an overflow in the dividing wall; a graduate scale and a threaded drain of adjustable level with bypass. Centrifugal pumps. Variable area flow meters (0.2-2 1/min, and 0.2-10 1/min), and with a manual valve. Line of on/off regulation valves (solenoid), and manual drainage valves of the upper tank. Speed controller (into the Control Interface Box). 2 UCPCV/CIB. Control Interface Box : This is common for all Sets for Process Control type “UCPCV” and can work with one or several sets. With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the PC of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the PC keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s . 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 Sets (sensor and elements + computer control software) used in the base unit: (These Sets will be supplied and installed in the Base Unit and ready for working) 4.1 UCPCV-T. Set for Temperature Process Control: Temperature sensor “J type”. Electric resistor (0.5 KW). Helix agitator. On/off level switch. (It determines the performance of the immersion resistor). Computer Control Software for Temperature Process Control: (#) Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing,comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 4.2 UCPCV-C. Set for Flow Process Control: Turbine type flow sensor. Computer Control Software for Flow Process Control. (#) 4.3 UCPCV-N. Set for Level Process Control: 0-300mm level sensor (of capacitive immersion, 4-20mA). Computer Control Software for Level Process Control. (#). 4.4 UCPCV-PA. Set for Pressure Process Control: Pressure sensor. Computer Control Software for Pressure Process Control. (#). 4.5 UCPCV-PH. Set for pH Process Control: pH sensor. Helix agitator. Computer Control Software for pH Process Control. (#). 4.6 UCPCV-CT. Set for Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) sensor. Computer Control Software for Conductivity and TDS Process Control.(#). 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions(approx.)=UCPCV-UB Unit: 500x1000x1000mm. Weight: 40Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310mm. Weight: 10 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ processcontrol/fundamentals/UCPCV.pdf Page 63 Temperature Process Control: 1.- Temperature control loops (Manual). 2.- Temperature control loops (On/Off). 3.- Temperature control loops (P). 4.- Temperature control loops (P+I). 5.- Temperature control loops (P+D). 6.- Temperature control loops (P+I+D). 7.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Ziegler- Nichols). 8.- Adjustment of the constant of a controller of temperature (Reaction Curves). 9.- Temperature sensor calibration. Flow Process Control: 10.- Flow control loops (Manual). 11.- Flow control loops (On/Off). 12.- Flow control loops (P). 13.- Flow control loops (P+I). 14.- Flow control loops (P+ D). 15.- Flow control loops (P+I+I). 16.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Ziegler -Nichols). 17.- Adjustment of the flow controller constants (Reaction Curves). 18.- Flow sensor calibration. Level Process Control: 19.- Level control loops (Manual). 20.- Level control loops (On/Off). 21.- Level control loops (Proportional). 22.- Level control loops (P+I). 23.- Level control loops (P+D). 24.- Level control loops(P+I+D). 25.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 26.- Adjustment of the constants of a flow controller (Reaction Curves). 27.- Level sensor calibration. Pressure Process Control: 28.- Pressure control loops (Manual). 29.- Pressure control loops(On/Off). 30.- Pressure control loops (P). 31.- Pressure control loops (P+I). 32.- Pressure control loops (P+D). 33.- Pressure control loops (P+I+D). 34.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 35.- Adjustment of the constant of a Pressure controller (Reaction Curves). 36.- Pressure sensor calibration. pH Process Control: 37.- pH control loops (Manual). 38.- pH control loops(On/Off). 39.- pH control loops (P). 40.- pH control loops (P+I). 41.- pH control loops (P+D). 42.- pH control loops (P+I+D). 43.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 44.- Adjustment of the constant of a pH controller (Reaction Curves). 45.- pH sensor calibration. Conductivity and TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Process Control: 46.- Conductivity control loops (Manual). 47.- Conductivity control loops(On/Off). 48.- Conductivity control loops (P). 49.- Conductivity control loops (P+I). 50.- Conductivity control loops (P + D). 51.- Conductivity control loops (P+I+D). 52.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 53.- Adjustment of the constant of a Conductivity controller (Reaction Curves) 54.- TDS control loops (Manual). 55.- TDS control loops(On/Off). 56.- TDS control loops (P). 57.- TDS control loops (P+I). 58.- TDS control loops (P+D). 59.- TDS control loops (P+I+D). 60.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Ziegler-Nichols). 61.- Adjustment of the constant of a TDS controller (Reaction Curves). 62.- Conductivity and TDS sensor calibration. 63-81.- Practices with PLC. www.edibon.com 10.- Process Control Sensor and elements 10.1- Process Control. Fundamentals (continuation) UCP/FSS. Faults Simulation System (Process Control Unit): SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY The "FAULTS" mode consists on provoking several faults in the unit normal operation. The student must find them and, if possible, solve them. There are several kinds of faults that can be grouped in three sections: Faults affecting the sensors measure: - An incorrect calibration is applied to them. In this case, the student should proceed to calibrate the affected sensor through the values collection. - Non-linearity. When we have the measures taken by the sensor, a quadratic or inverse function is applied to them. Thus, the value measured will not be the real one, as in the case above mentioned, but when we calibrate again, the sensor will not operate linearly and we will not be able to calibrate it by lest squares fits. Faults affecting the actuators: (These do not admit solutions. The student must just realise it and notify it.) - Actuators canals interchange at any time during the program execution. This error does not admit any solution. - Response reduction of an actuator. By the reduction of the output voltage in analog outputs, we can get an response with a fraction of what it should be, either with a manual execution or with any control type (ON/OFF, PID...). Faults in the controls execution: - Inversion of the performance in ON/OFF controls. The state of some actuator is inverted, when it should be ON is OFF instead, and vice versa. The student should provide the correct operating logic. - Reduction or increase of the calculated total response. We multiply by a factor the total response calculated by the PID, provoking, thus, the reduction or increase of the action really applied to the actuator, and the consequent instability of the control. The student should notify it and try to calculate this factor. - The action of some controls is annulled. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/ catalogues/en/units/processcontrol/fundamentals/ UCP.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Incorrect Calibration: 1.- Load the calibration error of the PH sensor. 2.- Load the calibration error of the Level sensor. 3.- Load the calibration error of the Flow sensor. 4.- Load the calibration error of the Temperature sensor. Non Linearity: 5.- Non inverse linearity of the pH sensor. 6.- Non quadratic linearity of the Level sensor. 7.- Non quadratic linearity of the Flow sensor. 8.- No inverse linearity of the Temperature sensor. Interchange of actuators: 9.- Interchange the bombs AB-1 and AB-2 between them during the operations of the controls ON/OFF and PID. (Affected sensor: Level sensor). Reduction of an actuator response: 10.- In the PID, the real response of the proportional valve is half the amount calculated by the PID control. Thus, the maximum real opening that will be able to reach is 50%. (Affected sensor: Flow sensor). Inversion of the performance in ON/OFF controls: 11.- In the ON/OFF control, the actuation sensor of the AVS-1 is inverted, acting, thus, on the same way as the others 2 valves (for a good control, it should operate the other way around to how the others 2 do it). (Affected sensor: pH). Reduction or increase of the calculated total response: 12.- In the PID, the real action in the resistance is half of the total calculated. (Affected sensor: Temperature sensor). The action of some controls is annulled: 13.- The Integral control does not work. It is reduced to a PD control (Proportional-Derivative). 14.- The Derivative Control does not work. It is reduced to a PI Control (Proportional-Integral). 15.- The Integral and Derivative controls do not work. They are reduced to a Proportional Control. UCP-P. Computer Controlled Process Control Unit for the study of Pressure (Air) Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used 10.- Process Control SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 1 Unit: UCP-P. Process Control Unit for the study of Pressure (Air) 3 Data Acquisition Board 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Items supplied as standard 1.- Calculating the fluid flow in function of different pressure sensor. 2.- Calibration processes. 3.- Pressure sensor calibration. Study of the hysteresis curve. 4.- I/P converter calibration. 5.- Identification of the pneumatic valve type. 6.- Determination of the influence of the flow rate of the conduction. 7.- Pressure control in conduction using a PID controller. 8.- Proportional control (P)characteristics. 9.- Characteristics of a proportional and integral control (P+I). 10.- Characteristics of a proportional and derivative control (P+D). 11.- Optimization of the variables of a PID controller. 12.-Optimization of the variables of the PID controller, flow control. 13- Flow rate control in conduction with a PID controller. 14-32.- Practices with PLC. UCP-P. Unit: Anodized aluminium structure. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Pressure sensor. Differential pressure sensor. Pneumatically Operated Control Valve. On/off valves. Pressure regulators, one for controlling the pneumatic operated control valve and the second supplies the necessary flow and/or pressure to the circuit that is to be adjusted. Storage tank. Pressure manometers. Flow meter. Intel/outlet valve. Diaphragm. Exhaust valve. I/P Converter. 2 UCP-P/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the PC of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the PC keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, other electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 UCP-P/CCSOF. Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.)=Unit: 600x500x1000 mm. Weight: 15Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x175 mm. Weight: 15 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/processcontrol/fundamentals/UCP-P.pdf Page 64 10.1- Process Control. Fundamentals CECI. Industrial Controllers Trainer (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Trainer for industrial process controllers. This trainer allows students the study and familiarisation with the function and operation of a industrial process controller. Steel box. Configurable digital controller: 2 inputs, 1 output. Configurable as P, PI or PID controller. Proportional gain Xp: 0 -999.9%. Integral action time Tn: 0-3600s. Derivative time Tv: 0-1200s. RS232 interface for configuration on computer (PC). Digital voltmeter: 0 -20V. Signal generator with potentiometer. Reference variables generator: 2 voltages selectable. Output voltage: 0-10V. Controlled system simulator: Controlled system type: First order lag . Time constant: 20s. Process variables as analogue signals: 0-10V. System gain: 1...10. All variables accessible as analog signals at lab jacks . Possibility of connection of external instruments via lab jacks (for example:line recorder, plotter, oscilloscope...). Configuration software CD. Interface cable. Set of lab cables. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.)= 490x330x310 mm. Weight : 8 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/processcontrol/fundamentals/CECI.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES To study methods and terminology of process control: 1.-Closed loop control. 2.-Static and dynamic transfer function. 3.-To study the step response. 4.-Reference variable step. To learn and to familiarise with a process controller: 5.-Configuration level. 6.-Parameter level. 7.-Operation control levels. Control parameters: 8.-Setting input channels. 9.-Setting output channels. 10.-To use computer (PC) - based configuration tools. 11.- Scaling displays. CRCI. Industrial Controllers Networking SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY This trainer enables to take the first steps in process automation using field buses. This trainer demonstrates the operation of a process control system based on a simple application. This trainer allows student the familiarisation with the function and operation of a industrial process controller. Steel box. 2 Digital process controllers, with field bus interface: Configurable as P, PI or PID controller. Proportional gain Xp : 0-999.9%. Integral action time Tn : 0-3600s. Derivative time Tv : 0- 1200s. Controller parameter setting via field bus system. 2 Signal generators: 0-10V. Profibus DP interface card for computer (PC). Process variables as analog signals: 0-10V. All variables accessible as analog signals at lab jacks . Software CD with driver software, OPC server and process control software. Possibility of connection of external instruments via lab jacks (for example: line recorder, oscilloscope, etc). Set of cables. Manuals:This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.)=490x330x310 mm. Weight : 12 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/processcontrol/fundamentals/CRCI.pdf PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Function of a digital industrial controller. 2.- Layout of a field bus system. To learn and to familiarise with the operation and structure of a process control system under Profibus DP: 3.- Controller parameter setting via field bus system. 4.- Profibus DP field bus system. 5.- OPC (OLE for Process Control) server function. 6.- Online controller parameters setting. 7.- Master / slave assignment. 8.- To configure and display alarms. 9.- Reading control variables and displaying them online. 10.- Scaling displays. 11.- Bus configuration. CEAB. Trainer for Field Bus Application More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/processcontrol/fundamentals/CEAB.pdf CEAC. Controller Tuning Trainer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Trainer for controller tuning.This unit permits the interaction between controller and controlled system. The objective is that the closed control loop, formed by the controller and the controlled system, to show the desired optimum response. With a simulation software the setting of controller parameters can be practised safely. Closed an open loop control, step response, stability, disturbance and control response are demonstrated. This trainer no needs real controlled systems, the controlled system is simulated on a computer (PC) by the simulation program. In this program the most important types of controlled systems can be selected . We can recorder and analyse the time response using the software. The process controller used can be easily configured from the computer (PC).The controller and the computer (PC) are connected by a data acquisition card with AD and DA converters. Steel box. Configurable digital process controller, with interface: Configurable as P, PI or PID controller. Proportional gain Xp: 0-999.9%. Integral action time Tn : 0-3600s. Derivative time Tv : 0- 1200s. Interface for computer (PC). Data acquisition card for computer (PC). Simulation Software for controlled system models, such as 1st and 2nd order lags, time-delayed systems etc. Controlled system simulation models with proportional, integral, 1st order lag, 2nd order lag, time-delayed response, non-linearity and limitation. Configuration software for process controller. Recording and evaluation of time response on computer (PC). Set of cables. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.)= 330x330x145 mm. Weight : 5 Kg. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/processcontrol/fundamentals/CEAC.pdf Page 65 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Operation and function of a digital industrial controller. 2.- Function of an analog input/outputs module. 3.- Function of a digital input/output module. 4.- Layout of a field bus system. 5.- Familiarisation with the field bus stations. 6.- Defining the bus technology with the stations. 7.- Reading out and in, and online displaying of analog and digital process variables. 8.- Communication protocols. 9.- To define tags. 10.- Familiarisation with the device master file “DMF”. 11.- OPC server. 12.- Access to the OPC database from the process control program. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- To use commonly applied tuning rules, such as Ziegler-Nichols. 2.- To study the difference between open and closed loop control. 3.- Control loop comprising controller and controlled system. 4.- To determine the system parameters. 5.- Closed-loop control system response. 6.- Choice of optimum controller parameters. 7.- Stability, steady state and transient response. 8.- Study and investigation of control and disturbance response. 9.- Study of the stability of the closed control loop. 10.- Learning methods and terminology involved in process control. 11.- To adapt the process controller to different controlled systems. 12.- Use and practices with the simulation software. www.edibon.com 10.- Process Control SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY This Trainer is used to teach the initial or first steps in field bus tecnology based on Profibus DP. The field bus permits networking terminal devices (controllers, actuators or sensors) in the plant system (field level) with the control room (control level). Several devices (slaves) are activated and read by a computer (PC) with a Profibus DP interface (master). Different subjects or topics can be covered and studied: bus topology, system configurator with Device Master File “DMF”, communication protocols, tags, OPC server, output and input process data, etc. Steel box. Digital process controller, with Profibus DP interface: Configurable as P, PI or PID controller. Proportional gain Xp:0-999.9%. Derivative time Tv:0-1200s. Integral action time Tn: 0-3600s. Signal generators: 0-10V. Digital voltmeter: 0-20V. Digital Profibus DP I module. Digital Profibus DP O module. Four digital inputs. Four digital outputs. Analog Profibus DP I module. Analog Profibus DP O module. Four analog inputs: 0-10V. Two analog outputs: 0-10V. Profibus DP interface card for computer (PC). Process variables as analog signals at lab jacks: 0-10V. Software CD with driver software, system configurator, OPC server and process control software. Possibility of connection of external instruments via lab jacks (for example: chart recorder, oscilloscope, etc). Set of cables. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.)= 490x330x310 mm. Weight : 12 Kg. issue:01/11 PLC´s MODULE Ref: 1010/PLC ITEM 1 / 1 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI UCP/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR PROCESS CONTROL UNIT FOR THE STUDY OF TEMPERATURE, FLOW, LEVEL , WATER PRESSURE AND CONDUCTIVITY AND TOTAL DISOLVED SOLIDS 1 1 2 1010PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 3 1010PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 4 1010IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 5 1010CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 6 1010TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 7 1010MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: Technical and Vocational Education Energy Laboratory (5TV) List of modules and teaching units included plus Summarised Catalogues Priority 3 0200. Electronics 0213-210/20S: Elementary Electronics (20 CAI + CAL) 0213-211/20S: Elementary Electronics (20 CAI + CAL) 0222K-220K/20S: Elementary Electronics "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL 0222K-221K/20S: Elementary Electronics "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL 0500. Energy 0522: Energy: Advanced Power Plant Simulator Advanced 0531/20S: Main Advanced Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0531/PLC: PLCs Module 0532/10S:Fuel Cells Renewable Energies (10 CAI + CAL) 0532/20S:Fuel Cells Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0533/20S: Bio Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0533/PLC: PLCs Module 0534/20S: Sea Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0534/PLC: PLCs Module 0535/20S: Geothermal Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0535/PLC: PLCs Module 0536/20S: Hidro Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0536/PLC: PLCs Module 0537/10S: Organic Renewable Energies (10 CAI + CAL) 0537/20S: Organic Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0538/20S: Turbine Troubleshooting Renewable Energies (20 CAI + CAL) 0538/PLC: PLCs Module 0600. Automation & Systems 0650: Automation & System Module Ref.:5TV-pre(01/11) issue:01/11 ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0213-210/20S ITEM REFERENCE 1 / 2 DESCRIPTION QTY. LIEBA BASIC ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICITY INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: 1 EBC-100 BASE UNIT, WITH BUILT IN POWER SUPPLY 1 2 M1 D. C. CIRCUITS MODULE 1 3 M1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF D.C CIRCUITS 20 4 M1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR D.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 5 M2 A. C. CIRCUITS MODULE 1 6 M2/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF A.C. CIRCUITS 20 7 M2/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR A.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 8 M16 ELECTRICS NETWORKS MODULE 1 9 M16/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF ELECTRIC NETWORKS 20 10 M16/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ELECTRICS NETWORKS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 11 M17 ELECTROMAGNETISM MODULE 1 12 M17/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF ELECTROMAGNETISM 20 13 M17/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ELECTROMAGNETISM (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 14 M3 SEMICONDUCTORS I MODULE 1 15 M3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF SEMICONDUCTORS I 20 16 M3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR SEMICONDUCTORS I (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 17 M5 POWER SUPPLIES MODULE 1 18 M5/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF POWER SUPPLIES 20 19 M5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR POWER SUPPLIES (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 21 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 22 EDAS/VIS-0.25 EDIBON DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (250.000 samples per second), FORMED BY: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION (Oscilloscope, Multimeter, Function Generator, Spectrum Analyzer, Transient Record, Logic Analyzer and Logic Generator) DATA ACQUISITION INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD 1 VIS DAIB DAB 1 1 1 Ref: 0213-210/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 22 EDAS/SOF DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 23 0210PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 24 0210PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 25 0210IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 26 0210CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 27 0210TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 28 0210MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: Laboratory structure 2 1 Modules (power supply needed) Power Supply 2 FA-CO (M1) (M9) (M2) Modules (power supply needed) (M10) or EBC-100 (M11) (M16) 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Used Teaching Technique (M17) INS/SOF. (M12) Instructor Software (M3) + (M13) M../SOF. Student/Module Software 4 (M4) LIEBA/CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (M14) (Results Calculation and Analysis) Used Teaching Technique (M15) (M5) (M31) (M6) 5 EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/ Virtual Instrumentation System Used Teaching Technique (M7) DAIB. (M60) Data acquisition interface box (M65) (M8) DAB. Data acquisition board Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software EDAS/VIS-SOF. Other modules Expansion Board (M99) The complete laboratory includes parts 1 to 5 and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. (Power supply + Module/s is the minimum supply). Some available Modules Basic Electricity: " M14. Optoelectronics. " M1. Direct Current (D.C.) Circuits. " M15. Development Module. " M2. Alternating Current (A.C.)Circuits. Basic Electronics: Transducers: " M16. Electric Networks. " M41. Resistance Transducers. " M17. Electromagnetism. " M43. Applications of Temperature. Basic Electronics: " M44. Applications of Light. " M3. Semiconductors I. " M45. Linear Position and Force. " M4. Semiconductors II. " M46. Environmental Measurements. " M5. Power Supplies. " M47. Rotational Speed & Position Control. " M6. Oscillators. " M48. Sounds Measurements. " M7. Operational Amplifiers. " M49. Applications of Temperature and " M8. Filters. Pressure. " M9. Power Electronics. Basic Electronics: Control Electronics: " M10. Digital Systems & Converters. " M60. Analog/Digital Converters. " M11. Digital Electronics Fundamentals. " M61. Digital/Analog Converters. " M12. Basic Combinational Circuits. " M65. Control and Regulation. " M13. Basic Sequential Circuits. Basic Electronics: Any other possibilities: " M99. Expansion Board. Some electronic sub-boards available: "M99-1. Analogical Commutator. "M99-2. Analogical Multiplier. "M99-3. Function Generator. "M99-4. AM Modulator. "M99-5. AM Demodulator. * We can develop any electronic sub-board according to the application required by the customer. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 5 www.edibon.com Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 1 Power Supply There are two choices for suppling the modules: FA-CO. Power Supply SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Fixed outputs: + 5 V, ± 12 V, 1 A. Variable outputs: ± 12 V, 0.5 A. AC output: 12V. Outputs through either 2mm. contact terminals, or through 25 pin CENTRONICS connectors. LED’s voltage indicators. Supply: 110/220V A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. This power supply FA-CO includes all the requirements for full working with any module from M1 to M99. Dimensions: 225x205x200mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. or EBC-100. Base Unit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Hardware support and power supply. Modules supporting unit. Variable outputs ± 12 V. Fixed outputs + 5V, + 12V, -12V, -5V. Supply: 110/220 V. A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Power through CENTRONICS connector. This base unit EBC-100 includes all the requirements for full working with any module from M1 to M99. Dimensions: 410x298x107mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. 2 Modules These Modules have been designed for making practices using either the FA-CO Power Supply or the EBC-100 Base Unit. The Modules consist in a series of different circuits which shall allow performing the corresponding exercises separately. All circuits are serigraphed on the surface of each module, thus permitting vision of their REAL components. Almost all exercises/practices have special switches so that the teacher may SIMULATE CIRCUITRY FAILURE (faults), to be found by the Student. We provide eight manuals per module. Connectors and cables for completing the exercises and practices are included. Dimensions (approx.) of each module: 300 x 210 x 45 mm. Weight: 300 gr. Basic Electricity M1. Direct Current (D.C.) Circuits Measurement managing and checking instruments: 1.-Electronic instrumentation operation. Use of multimeter. 2.-Study of fault F1 in Resistance circuit. 3.-Study of fault F2 in Resistance circuit. 4.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Ohm's Law: 5.-Ohm's Law verification. 6.-Power calculation. 7.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Resistors: characteristics and types: 8.-Resistor measurements. Color code. Ohmmeter. 9.-Study of Fault F1 in Resistors circuit. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 10.-Study of Fault F2 in Resistors circuit. 11.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Resistors association and the Wheatstone Bridge: 12.-Voltage and current measurement in a circuit with resistors connected in series. 13.-Series/Parallel configuration study. 14.-The Wheatstone Bridge. 15.-Study of Fault in Series Resistors circuit. 16.-Study of Fault in Parallel Resistors circuit. 17.-Study of Fault F1 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. M2. Alternating Current (A.C.) Circuits Alternating signal characteristics. Instruments: 1.- Waveforms study in A.C. 2.- Introduction of anomalies in the Wave form circuit. 3.- Study of Faults in the Waveform circuit. 4.- Relation between peak values and RMS for sinusoidal waves. 5.- Resistance in a sinusoidal alternating current. 6.-Measurements using the oscilloscope. 7.- Voltage and current phase angles for resistors in sinusoidal alternating current. 8.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in series. 9.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in parallel. 10.- Exercises. Behaviour of A.C. capacitors and inductors: 11.- Capacitance with square waveform and sinusoidal input current. 12.- Inductance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input voltage. 13.- Reactive reactance, Xc, variations 18.- Study of Fault F2 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. 19.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Kirchoff's laws: 20.- Kirchoff's first law. 21.- Kirchoff's second law. 22.- Fault study using Kirchoff's law. 23.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Voltage/Current dividers. Batteries and Switches. Power source in series and parallel. The Rheostat and Potentiometer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES with the frequency. 14.-Study of faults in capacitors. 15.-Reactive capacitance variations with the capacitance. 16.-A.C. capacitors in parallel. 17.-A.C. capacitors in series. 18.-A.C. capacitors as voltage dividers. 19.-Inductance in an A.C circuit. 20.-Inductive reactance variations with the inductance. 21.-Inductors in series in an A.C. circuit. 22.-Exercises. Basic theorems and capacitance and inductance circuits: 23.-A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in series. 24.-A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in parallel. 25.-A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in series. 26.-Study of Fault 1 in the Circuit #3. 27.-Study of Fault 2 in the Circuit #3. 28.-A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in parallel. 29.-Exercises. RLC Circuits: 30.- Resistance-Capacitance Filters. 31.- Filters inductive resistance. Low Pass and High- Pass filters. 32.- Exercises. Resonance: 33.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with low impedance source. 34.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 35.- Study of Fault 2 in the resonance Circuit. 36.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with high impedance source. 37.- Circuit frequency response and bandwidth. 38.- A.C. R-L-C Circuits in series. 39.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 40.- Exercises. The transformer: 41.- The transformer. 42.- The transformer with load. 43.- Current measurement in the secondary Transformer with Charge. 44.- Exercises. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES M16. Electric Networks Ohm’s law: 1.-Calculation of the internal resistance of a continuous source. 2.-Error study in an internal resistance. 3.-Internal resistance calculation of an alternating source. 4.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Electrical power: 5.-Power transferred by a DC source to load. 6.-Power transferred to a load by an AC source. 7.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Power supplies combination: 8.-DC+DC assembly. 9.- Error study in the circuit, assembly. 10.-DC+AC assembly. 11.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Thévenin’s and Norton’s theorems: 12.-Thévenin and Norton equivalent circuits. Conversion. Kirchoff’s laws. 13.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Superposition theorem: 14.-Application of the Superposition theorem. 15.-Error study in the Superposition circuit. Component values modifications. 16.-Theoretical/practical exercises. 1.-Magnetic fields measurement. 2.-Induced electromotive force. Coil Reactance calculation. 3.-Exercises. Electromagnetic applications: 4.-Mutual Inductance. 5.-Basic operation of the transformer 6.-Core effect in a transformer response. 7.-Fault study in the Transformer. 8.- Basic operation of the solenoid. 9.- Fault study in the Solenoid circuit. 10.-Basic operation of a relay. 11.-Self-holding of the position of the contacts. 12.-Fault study in the Relay circuit. 13.-Exercises. Direct current motor: 14.-Characteristic Speed/Voltage of a M17. Electromagnetism Star-triangle transformation: 17.- Resistance measurement between terminals. Delta| Y configurations. 18.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Wheatstone bridge: 19.- Calibration of a Wheatstone bridge fed by a DC source. 20.- Error study in the Wheatstone bridge circuit. 21.- Wheatstone bridge calibration fed by an AC source. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Millman’s Theorem. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 6 continuous current motor. 15.- Motor used as DC generator. 16.- Cemf. 17.- Exercises. Stepping Motor: 18.- Stepper motor working. 19.- Fault study in Stepping motor circuit. 20.- Exercises. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics M3. Semiconductors I PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Characteristics of the PN junction: 1.- Study of the diode. 2.- Fault Study in Diodes. 3.- Exercises. The diode as a rectifier element: 4.- Half wave rectifier. 5.- Study of faults in Rectifier circuit. 6.- Bridge rectifier. 7.- Study of faults in bridge rectifier. 8.- Exercises. The Zener diode: 9.- Voltage regulator with a Zener diode. 10.- Study of faults in Zener circuit. 11.- Exercises. Study and characteristics of the transistor: 12.- Study of the transistor. 13.- Study of the fault in the transistor. 14.- Exercises. Transistor characteristics operating as a switch: Complementary transistors pair: 1.- Complementary transistors pair. 2.- Transistors pair with alternating signal. 3.- Fault study of the complementary Transistor pair. 4.- Exercises. Darlington configuration: 5.- Darlington configuration. 6.- Fault study of the Darlington configuration. 7.- Exercises. Differential amplifier: 8.- Differential amplifier. 9.- Fault study in the differential amplifier. 10.- Exercises. Study and characteristics of the JFET transistor: 11.- JFET characteristics. 12.- Fault study with the JFET transistor. 13.- Exercises. Rectification: 1.- Rectification. 2.- Bridge rectifier. 3.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Fixed voltage sources: 4.- Power supply with the Zener diode. 5.- Stabilization through Zener and Transistor. 6.- Fault study in “Stabilization through Zener and Transistor”. 7.- Protection against overcurrents. 8.- Protection against overvoltages. 9.- Study of the fault “Protection against overcurrents”. 10.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Symmetrical voltage power sources: 11.- Symmetrical source; 78XX regulator. 12.- Symmetrical source; 79XX regulator. 13.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Voltage regulators with integrated circuits: 14.- Adjustable regulator; LM317. 15.- Study of fault in adjustable LM317. 15.- Study of the transistor as a switch. 16.- Exercises. Common emitter amplifier: 17.- Study of the common emitter NPN amplifier. 18.- Fault Study in Amplifier circuit. 19.- Study of the common emitter PNP amplifier. 20.- Exercises. M4. Semiconductors II PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switch: 14.- Analog switch. 15.- Exercises. Multistage Amplifier. Direct coupling: 16.- Amplifier coupled directly. 17.- Fault study of an amplifier coupled directly. 18.- Exercises. M5. Power Supplies PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 16.- Adjustable L200 regulator. 17.- Fault Study in adjustable L200. 18.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Introduction to switched power supplies: 19.- Switching technique. 20.- Switching technique. PWM. 21.- Switching technique. Boost. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Voltage Feedback. DC-DC converter. M6. Oscillators PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Oscillators. RC and LC Nets: 1.- RC net oscillator. 2.- LC net oscillator. 3.- Faults study with RC and LC Net oscillators. 4.- Exercises. Wien bridge oscillator: 5.- Wien Bridge. 6.- Fault study the Wien bridge oscillator. 7.- Exercises. Colpitts oscillator. Hartley oscillator: 8.- Colpitts oscillator. 9.- Hartley oscillator. 10.- Faults study with the Colpitts Oscillator. 11.- Exercises. Astable multivibrator: 12.- Astable multivibrator. 13.- Fault study with an Astable mulltivibrator. 14.- Exercises. 555 TIMER: 15.- 555 timer. 16.- 555 timer fault study. 17.- Exercises. M7. Operational Amplifiers PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Operational amplifier characteristics: 1.- Operational amplifier study. 2.- Closed-loop output compensation voltage. 3.- Operational amplifier fault study. 4.- Exercises. The inverting amplifier: 5.- Inverting amplifier study. 6.- Inverting amplifier fault study. 7.- Exercises. The non-inverting amplifier: 8.- Study of the non-inverting amplifier. 16.- Differential amplifier fault study. 9.- Voltage follower. 17.- Exercises. 10.- Fault study in the non-inverting Comparators: Amplifier. 18.- Comparator study. 11.- Exercises. 19.- Comparators fault study. The adder amplifier: 20.- Exercises. 12.- Adding amplifier study. Additional Possibilities: 13.- Fault study in the adding amplifier. Attenuator. 14.- Exercises. Voltage Divider. The differential amplifier: Open-loop operation. 15.- Differential amplifier study. RC and LC filter responses: 1.- Frequency response. 2.- Low-pass filter. 3.- High-pass filter. 4.- LC Circuit. 5.- Study of Error in Low-pass filter. 6.- Study of Error in High-pass filter. 7.- Exercises theoretical/practical. T-shaped Filter: 8.- Filter with double T link. 9.- Generator circuit of the signal S1. 10.- Study of Error in RC filter with double T. 11.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Active filters: 12.- Low-pass filter. 13.- Low-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 14.- High-pass filter. 15.- High-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 16.- The attenuation is cumulative. 17.- Use of Operational Amplifier. M8. Filters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES M9. Power Electronics 18.- Study of Faults in filters. 19.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Association of filters: 20.- Behaviour of the filter. 21.- Filter of distorted signal. 22.- Filter in cascade; low pass filter and high pass filter. 23.- Filter in parallel. 24.- Study of Error in filters. 25.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Additional Possibilities: Band-Pass and Band-Stop Filters. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The bipolar power transistor: 1.-Study of the power transistor. 2.-Study of faults in the power transistor. 3.-Exercises. The MOSFET transistor: 4.-Study of the MOSFET transistor. 5.-Study of faults in the MOSFET. 6.-Exercises. The thyristor: 7.- Study of the thyristor. 8.- Study of the error of the thyristor. 9.- Exercises. The UJT transistor and trigger circuits of the thyristor: 10.- Study of the trigger circuits of the thyristor. 11.- Study of insulation circuits. 12.- Exercises. The TRIAC: 13.- Study of the TRIAC. 14.- Practical assembly of the TRIAC. 15.- Exercises. Additional Possibilities: Half/Full wave control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 7 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics (continuation) M10. Digital Systems and Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switching. The bistable, astable and monostable family: 1.-Characteristics of an analog switch chip. 2.-Study of the error F1 in the Analog Multiplexer. 3.-Study of the errors in the Analog Multiplexer. 4.-Characteristics of an S-R type Latch Integrated circuit. 5.-Error Study in the bistable. 6.-Characteristics of an integrated astable circuit. 7.-Error Study in the astable. 8.-Characteristics of an integrated Monostable circuit. 9.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Behaviour of Binary/BCD Counters & 7segments Displays: 10.- Characteristics of Binary UP/DOWN Counter 74LS193 and 7-Segment Display. 11.- Error Study in the binary counter. 12.- C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e B C D UP/DOWN counter and 7-Segment Display. 13.- Error Study in the BCD counter. 14.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Comparators and analog integrators: 15.- Characteristics of an analog comparator. 16.- Analog integrator. 17.- Error Study in the analog integrator. 18.- Triangular wave generation. 19.- Theoretical/practical exercises. A/D and D/A conversion: 20.- D/A Converter. 21.- A/D Converter. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Applications: 23.- Random number generator. 24.- Measuring the time between two events. 25.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Synchronous/Asynchronous Counter. M11. Digital Electronics Fundamentals PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Numbers systems: 1.- Voltage measurement in a circuit of sources. 2.- Fault study in the source circuit. 3.- Exercises. Logical circuits: 4.- Logical Diode. 5.- Fault study in Sources. 6.- Logic with transistor and diodes. 7.- Fault study in transistor/diode circuit. 8.- Exercises. TTL gates: 9.- Basic function gates. 10.- Fault study in TTL circuit. 11.- Fault study in Logic Gates. 12.- Exercises. CMOS gates: 13.- Basic function gates. 14.- Fault study in CMOS circuit. 15.- Exercises. Boolean Algebra and logical functions: 16.- Study of use of Circuit #3. 17.- Exercises. Open collector gates: 18.- Study of the use of Circuit #5. 19.- Exercises. Others types of integrated gates: 20.- Study of simple operations with a Schmitt Trigger inverter. 21.- Operation study of a three-state buffer. 22.- Study of the fault in the Circuit #7. 23.- Exercises. Additional Possibilities: JK Flip-Flop. Control of Data Bus. M12. Basic Combinational Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Encoders: 1.- Study of an encoder. 2.- Fault study in the encoder. 3.- Exercises. Decoders: 4.- Study of a decoder. 5.- Fault study in the decoder. 6.- Exercises. Multiplexers: 7.- Study of a multiplexer. 8.- Study of the errors in the multiplexers. 9.- Exercises. Demultiplexers: 10.- Study of a demultiplexer. 11.- Study of the errors in demultiplexers. 12.- Exercises. Digital Comparators: 13.- Study of a comparator. 14.- Study of the errors in a comparator. 15.- Exercises. Arithmetic and logic operations: 16.- Study of an adder. 17.- Study of the error in the arithmetic and logic operations. 18.- Study of a parity generator. 19.- Study of the error in the Parity generator. 20.- Exercises. M13. Basic Sequential Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Bistables: 1.- Bistables. 2.- Bistable S-R using NAND gates. 3.- Practical performance. 4.- Study of error in the Bistables. 5.- Exercises. Shift registers: 6.- Shift registers. 7.- Study of faults of the Shift registers. 8.- Exercises. Counters: 9.- Practice of the Counters. 10.- Study of faults of the Counters. 11.- Exercises. Synchronised sequential circuits: 12.- Practice of the Synchronised. 13.- Study of errors of the Synchronised Sequential circuits. 14.- Exercises. Memories: 15.- Exercises. M14. Optoelectronics PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Light transmitters and liquid crystal display (LCD): 1.- Light transmitters. 2.- Bar graph. 3.- LCD display and 7-segment display. 4.- Fault Study in light transmitters and liquid crystal display. 5.- Exercises. Photo-conducting cells: 6.- Light dependent resistors. 7.- Alarm. 8.- Fault study on the photo-conducting cell. 9.- Exercises. Fibre optics: 10.- Fibre optics practice. M15. Development Module MAIN FEATURES This is a module to build and implement student’s own circuits, it consists on: Development board. Power supply connector. Digital visual display unit. Logical source. Set of potentiometers. Pulse generator and inverters. Interrupter. Clock. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 8 11.- Fault study using fibre optics. 12.- Exercises. Infrared: 13.- Circuit with infrared diodes. 14.- Fault study of the infrared diodes. 15.- Exercises. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics:Transducers M41. Resistance Transducers PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Linearly sliding potentiometer. 2.- Rotary carbon-track potentiometer. 3.- Rotary coil potentiometer. 4.- Precision servo-potentiometer. M43. Applications of Temperature PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The integrated circuit temperature transducer: 1.- Characteristics of an integrated temperature circuit. 2.- Construction of a digital thermometer. The (T.D.R.) Platinum transducer: 3.- Characteristics of a platinum Temperature Dependent Resistance (T.D.R) transducer. The N.T.C (Negative Temperature Coefficient) thermistor: 4.- Characteristics of an N.T.C thermistor. 5.- N.T.C Characteristics. Thermistor used in an alarm circuit (double thermistor). The “K” type thermocouple temperature thermistor: 6.- Characteristics of a ‘K’ type thermopar. M44. Applications of Light PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Photovoltaic Cell. 2.- Characteristics of a photovoltaic cell. 3.- Phototransistor. 4.- Characteristics of a phototransistor. 5.- Photodiode PIN. 6.- Characteristics of a PIN photodiode. 7.- Photoconductive Cell. 8.- Luminous intensity detector. M45. Linear Position and Force PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT). 2.- Characteristics of a Variable Resistance. 3.-The characteristics of a strain gauge Transducer. M-46. Environmental Measurements PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of Air flow Sensor. 2.- Characteristics of Air pressure Sensor. 3.- Characteristics of Humidity Sensor. M-47. Rotational Speed and Position Control PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a slotted opto transducer and its applications for counting and speed measurement. 2.- Characteristics of the reflective opto-transducer. 3.- Characteristics of an inductive transducer. 5.- Characteristics of a D.C. Permanent Magnet tachogenerator. 4.- Characteristics of a half effect transducer. M-48. Sounds Measurements PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a Dynamic Microphone. 2.- Characteristics of an ultrasonic Receiver. 3.- Theoretical/Practical questions. M-49. Applications of Temperature and Pressure PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The integrated circuit temperature transducer: 1.- Characteristics of an integrated temperature circuit. 2.- C o n s t r u c t i o n o f a d i g i t a l thermometer. The (T.D.R.) Platinum transducer: 3.- Characteristics of a platinum Temperature Dependent Resistance The “K” type thermocouple temperature thermistor: (T.D.R) transducer. 6.- Characteristics of a ‘K’ type The N.T.C (Negative Temperature thermocouple. Coefficient) thermistor: 4.- Characteristics of an N.T.C thermistor. Pressure transducer: 7.- Characteristic of a pressure 5.- N.T.C Characteristics. Thermistor used transducer. in an alarm circuit (double thermistor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 9 www.edibon.com Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics: Control Electronics M60. Analog/Digital Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Binary Slope Converter. 5.- Flash Converter. 2.- Integrated converter. 3.- Simple Slope Converter. 4.- Double Slope Converter. M-61. Digital/Analog Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Weighted Resistance Converter. 5.- Pulse - Width Modulation Converter. 2.- Ladder Converter R/2R. 3.- Integrated Converter. 4.- Series Blocking Converter. M-65. Control and Regulation PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study in open loop Nº1: Proportional block. 2.- Study in open loop Nº2: Integrator block. 3.- Study in open loop Nº3: Simple pole. 4.- Study in open loop Nº4: 2nd order plant. 5.- Study in open loop Nº5: Non lineal Plants: Limitation and Hysteresis. 6.- Study in open loop Nº 6: Block composition: Negative zero and Negative Pole. 7.- Study in closed loop Nº1: Control by means of Optimum Quantitative.1st order system. 8.-Study in closed loop Nº2: Control by means of Optimum Quantitative. 2nd order system. Basic Electronics: Any other possibilities M-99. Expansion Board Example of an electronic sub-board put in the M99 Board The aim of the M99 Expansion Board is to provide generic support to up to 8 electronic sub-boards, each one with its own specific functionality, customized to client necessities. The sub-boards have to be inserted in any of the eight 32-pin female connectors reserved for it on the M99 Board. There are connectors, in both the subboards and on the M99, through which one can access the internal input/output data points, to take measures and get information about the practice. Thus, the student carries out the pedagogical aims. In the upper right corner of the M99 board there are 14 connectors for power supply. Thanks to them, the sub-boards can be supplied with different voltage intensities. Either ”FA-CO” Power Supply or “EBC100” Base unit with built-in power supply, are required to work with the M99 Expansion Board, like with any other Module. - Some electronic sub-boards already developed: M99-1. Analogical Commutator. M99-2. Analogical Multiplier. M99-3. Function Generator. M99-4. AM Modulator. M99-5. AM Demodulator. * We can design and include any electronic circuit or application on a sub-board according to customer requirements. This way, any Modules can be complemented with extra circuits, in extra sub-boards. The sub-boards can also be purchased independently to the modules, thus giving total freedom to customers in the acquisition of circuits. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 10 9.-Potentiometer adjustment. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) Software 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Module Software (M../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Module (electronic board) Instructor Software Student/Module Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the modules, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. M../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Module Software). It explains how to use the module, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each module has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the modules, showing how to complete the circuits and get the right information from them. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Module Software Packages: -M8/SOF. Filters. -M9/SOF. Power Electronics. -M10/SOF. Digital Systems and Converters. -M11/SOF. Digital Electronics Fundamentals. -M12/SOF. Basic Combinational Circuits. -M13/SOF. Basic Sequential Circuits. -M14/SOF. Optoelectronics. -M15/SOF. Development Module. Basic Electronic: Transducers: -M41/SOF. Resistance transducers. -M43/SOF. Applications of Temperature. Basic electricity -M1/SOF. Direct Current Circuits(D.C.). -M2/SOF. Alternating Current Circuits(A.C.). -M16/SOF. Electric Networks. -M17/SOF. Electromagnetism. Basic Electronic: -M3/SOF. Semiconductors I. -M4/SOF. Semiconductors II. -M5/SOF. Power Supplies. -M6/SOF. Oscillators. -M7/SOF. Operational Amplifiers. 4 -M44/SOF. Applications of light. -M45/SOF. Linear Position and Force. -M46/SOF. Environmental Measurement . -M47/SOF. Rotational Speed and Position Control. -M48/SOF. Sound Measurements. -M49/SOF. Applications of Temperature and Pressure. Basic Electronic: Control Electronics: -M60/SOF. Analog/Digital Converters. -M61/SOF. Digital/Analog Converters. -M65/SOF. Control and Regulation. LIEBA/CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) This Computer Aided Learning Software (CAL) is a Windows based software, simple and very easy to use specifically developed by EDIBON. It has been designed to cover different areas of science: Basic Electronics, Communications, Basic Electricity, Mechanics, Basic Fluid Mechanics and General Fluid Mechanics. On the Basic Electronics Area, it can be used with the M1 to M17 modules. These modules cover every subject in Basic Electricity and Electronics, both analog and digital. CAL is a class assistant that helps in making the necessary calculations to extract the right conclusions from data obtained during the experimental practices. With a single click, CAL computes the value of all the variables involved. Also, CAL gives the option of plotting and printing the results. Simply insert the experimental data, with a single click CAL will perform the calculations. Once the Area of study is selected, the right module can be chosen among a wide range, each one with its own set of lab. exercises. Among the given choices, an additional help button can be found, which offers a wide range of information, such as constant values, unit conversion factors and integral and derivative tables: It provides a handy option to avoid using different reference sources while in progress. For example: the values of Physical constants, their symbols and right names, conversion factors... ...and the very useful Integral and Derivative tables. Between the plotting options, any variable can be represented against any other. And there exist a great range of different plotting displays. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 11 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 5 1 2 Connection points 4 Cables to interface EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/Virtual Instrumentation System Data acquisition and virtual instrumentation software 3 “n” Module (electronic board) Data acquisition interface box Cable to computer Data acquisition board Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: Student post EDAS/VIS is the perfect link between the electronic modules and the PC. With the EDAS/VIS system, information from the modules is sent to the computer. There, it can be analyzed and represented. We easily connect the Data Acquisition Interface Box (DAIB) to the modules with the supplied cables (connection points are placed in the modules). Like any other hardware, the DAIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software (specific for every module), the student can get the results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. This EDAS/VIS System includes DAIB + DAB + EDAS/VIS-SOF: 5.1)Hardware: 5.1.1)DAIB. Data Acquisition Interface Box: Steel box. Dimensions: 310 x 220 x 145 mm. approx. Front panel: 16 Analog inputs. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital inputs/outputs, configurable as inputs or outputs. Digital signal simulator. Analog signal simulator. Inside: Internal power supply of 12 and 5 V. Potentiometer. Back panel:Power supply connector. SCSI connector (for connecting with the data acquisition board). Connecting cables. 5.1.2) DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. For EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version: Analog inputs: 16. Sampling rate up to: 1,250,000 S/s. Analog outputs: 2. Digital Input/Output: 24 inputs/outputs. For EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version: This is a similar version to the 1.25, with t h e only difference that for this one, the sampling rate to 250,000 S/s . DAB 5.2) EDAS/VIS-SOF. Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software: It works as: -Digital oscilloscope. -Multimeter. DAIB -Function generator. -Spectrum analyzer. -Transient recorder. -Logic analyzer Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different inputs and outputs. It stores acquired data in a file (16 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 24 digital inputs/outputs at the same time) for further analysis. Print screens and reports of the signals at any time. Quick capture in a period of time and posterior representation. Two signal generators, independent for sinusoidal, triangular, saw and square. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. Measurement, analysis, visualization, representation and report of results. All 16 input channels could be scaled to compare signal with different voltage levels. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 12 issue:01/11 ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0213-211/20S ITEM 1 / 3 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. LIEBA BASIC ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICITY INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY: 1 EBC-100 BASE UNIT, WITH BUILT IN POWER SUPPLY 1 2 M4 SEMICONDUCTORS II 1 3 M4/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF SEMICONDUCTORS II 20 4 M4/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR SEMICONDUCTORS II (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 5 M6 OSCILATORS MODULE 1 6 M6/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OSCILLATORS 20 7 M6/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OSCILLATORS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 8 M7 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS I MODULE 1 9 M7/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 20 10 M7/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 11 M8 FILTERS MODULE 1 12 M8/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF FILTERS 20 13 M8/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR FILTERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 14 M9 POWER ELECTRONICS MODULE 1 15 M9/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF POWER ELCTRONICS 20 16 M9/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR POWER ELECTRONICS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 17 M10 DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND CONVERTERS MODULE 1 18 M10/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND CONVERTERS 20 19 M10/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR DIGITAL SYSTEMS & CONVERTERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 20 M11 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS MODULE 1 21 M11/SOF * COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS 20 22 M11/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 23 M12 BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS MODULE 1 MODULE Ref: 0213-211/20S ITEM REFERENCE 2 / 3 DESCRIPTION QTY. 24 M12/SOF * COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 20 25 M12/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 26 M13 BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS MODULE 1 27 M13/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 20 28 M13/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 29 M14 OPTOELECTRONICS MODULE 1 30 M14/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OPTOELECTRONICS 20 31 M14/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OPTOELECTRONICS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 32 M18 THREE-PHASE CIRCUITS MODULE 1 33 M18/SOF * COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THREE-PHASE 20 34 M18/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THREEPHASE CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 35 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 36 EDAS/VIS-0.25 EDIBON DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (250.000 samples per second), FORMED BY: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION (Oscilloscope, Multimeter, Function Generator, Spectrum Analyzer, Transient Record, Logic Analyzer and Logic Generator) DATA ACQUISITION INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 VIS DAIB DAB EDAS/SOF 37 EFAC FUB EFAC/CIB DAB EFAC/CCSOF FCE FCM 38 0211PARTS THREE DIMENSIONS PHYSICS SYSTEM (3D), FORMED BY: BASE STRUCTURE AND ROBOT FOR THREE DIMENSIONS PHYSICS SYSTEM CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR THREE DIMENSIONS PHYSICS SYSTEM (3D) DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR THREE DIMENSIONS PHYSICS SYSTEM SET FOR ELECTRICAL FIELDS (3D) APPLICATION, FORMED BY: SENSORS + ELEMENTS + COMPUTER CONTROL, DATA ACQUISITION AND DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE SET FOR MAGNETIC FIELDS (3D APPLICATION, FORMED BY: SENSORS + ELEMENTS + COMPUTER CONTROL, DATA ACQUISITION AND DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ref: 0213-211/20S ITEM 3 / 3 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 39 0211PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 40 0211IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 41 0211CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 42 0211MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 43 0211TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: Laboratory structure 2 1 Modules (power supply needed) Power Supply 2 FA-CO (M1) (M9) (M2) Modules (power supply needed) (M10) or EBC-100 (M11) (M16) 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Used Teaching Technique (M17) INS/SOF. (M12) Instructor Software (M3) + (M13) M../SOF. Student/Module Software 4 (M4) LIEBA/CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (M14) (Results Calculation and Analysis) Used Teaching Technique (M15) (M5) (M31) (M6) 5 EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/ Virtual Instrumentation System Used Teaching Technique (M7) DAIB. (M60) Data acquisition interface box (M65) (M8) DAB. Data acquisition board Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software EDAS/VIS-SOF. Other modules Expansion Board (M99) The complete laboratory includes parts 1 to 5 and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. (Power supply + Module/s is the minimum supply). Some available Modules Basic Electricity: " M14. Optoelectronics. " M1. Direct Current (D.C.) Circuits. " M15. Development Module. " M2. Alternating Current (A.C.)Circuits. Basic Electronics: Transducers: " M16. Electric Networks. " M41. Resistance Transducers. " M17. Electromagnetism. " M43. Applications of Temperature. Basic Electronics: " M44. Applications of Light. " M3. Semiconductors I. " M45. Linear Position and Force. " M4. Semiconductors II. " M46. Environmental Measurements. " M5. Power Supplies. " M47. Rotational Speed & Position Control. " M6. Oscillators. " M48. Sounds Measurements. " M7. Operational Amplifiers. " M49. Applications of Temperature and " M8. Filters. Pressure. " M9. Power Electronics. Basic Electronics: Control Electronics: " M10. Digital Systems & Converters. " M60. Analog/Digital Converters. " M11. Digital Electronics Fundamentals. " M61. Digital/Analog Converters. " M12. Basic Combinational Circuits. " M65. Control and Regulation. " M13. Basic Sequential Circuits. Basic Electronics: Any other possibilities: " M99. Expansion Board. Some electronic sub-boards available: "M99-1. Analogical Commutator. "M99-2. Analogical Multiplier. "M99-3. Function Generator. "M99-4. AM Modulator. "M99-5. AM Demodulator. * We can develop any electronic sub-board according to the application required by the customer. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 5 www.edibon.com Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) 1 Power Supply There are two choices for suppling the modules: FA-CO. Power Supply SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Fixed outputs: + 5 V, ± 12 V, 1 A. Variable outputs: ± 12 V, 0.5 A. AC output: 12V. Outputs through either 2mm. contact terminals, or through 25 pin CENTRONICS connectors. LED’s voltage indicators. Supply: 110/220V A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. This power supply FA-CO includes all the requirements for full working with any module from M1 to M99. Dimensions: 225x205x200mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. or EBC-100. Base Unit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Hardware support and power supply. Modules supporting unit. Variable outputs ± 12 V. Fixed outputs + 5V, + 12V, -12V, -5V. Supply: 110/220 V. A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Power through CENTRONICS connector. This base unit EBC-100 includes all the requirements for full working with any module from M1 to M99. Dimensions: 410x298x107mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. 2 Modules These Modules have been designed for making practices using either the FA-CO Power Supply or the EBC-100 Base Unit. The Modules consist in a series of different circuits which shall allow performing the corresponding exercises separately. All circuits are serigraphed on the surface of each module, thus permitting vision of their REAL components. Almost all exercises/practices have special switches so that the teacher may SIMULATE CIRCUITRY FAILURE (faults), to be found by the Student. We provide eight manuals per module. Connectors and cables for completing the exercises and practices are included. Dimensions (approx.) of each module: 300 x 210 x 45 mm. Weight: 300 gr. Basic Electricity M1. Direct Current (D.C.) Circuits Measurement managing and checking instruments: 1.-Electronic instrumentation operation. Use of multimeter. 2.-Study of fault F1 in Resistance circuit. 3.-Study of fault F2 in Resistance circuit. 4.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Ohm's Law: 5.-Ohm's Law verification. 6.-Power calculation. 7.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Resistors: characteristics and types: 8.-Resistor measurements. Color code. Ohmmeter. 9.-Study of Fault F1 in Resistors circuit. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 10.-Study of Fault F2 in Resistors circuit. 11.-Theoretical / practical exercises. Resistors association and the Wheatstone Bridge: 12.-Voltage and current measurement in a circuit with resistors connected in series. 13.-Series/Parallel configuration study. 14.-The Wheatstone Bridge. 15.-Study of Fault in Series Resistors circuit. 16.-Study of Fault in Parallel Resistors circuit. 17.-Study of Fault F1 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. M2. Alternating Current (A.C.) Circuits Alternating signal characteristics. Instruments: 1.- Waveforms study in A.C. 2.- Introduction of anomalies in the Wave form circuit. 3.- Study of Faults in the Waveform circuit. 4.- Relation between peak values and RMS for sinusoidal waves. 5.- Resistance in a sinusoidal alternating current. 6.-Measurements using the oscilloscope. 7.- Voltage and current phase angles for resistors in sinusoidal alternating current. 8.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in series. 9.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in parallel. 10.- Exercises. Behaviour of A.C. capacitors and inductors: 11.- Capacitance with square waveform and sinusoidal input current. 12.- Inductance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input voltage. 13.- Reactive reactance, Xc, variations 18.- Study of Fault F2 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. 19.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Kirchoff's laws: 20.- Kirchoff's first law. 21.- Kirchoff's second law. 22.- Fault study using Kirchoff's law. 23.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Voltage/Current dividers. Batteries and Switches. Power source in series and parallel. The Rheostat and Potentiometer. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES with the frequency. 14.-Study of faults in capacitors. 15.-Reactive capacitance variations with the capacitance. 16.-A.C. capacitors in parallel. 17.-A.C. capacitors in series. 18.-A.C. capacitors as voltage dividers. 19.-Inductance in an A.C circuit. 20.-Inductive reactance variations with the inductance. 21.-Inductors in series in an A.C. circuit. 22.-Exercises. Basic theorems and capacitance and inductance circuits: 23.-A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in series. 24.-A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in parallel. 25.-A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in series. 26.-Study of Fault 1 in the Circuit #3. 27.-Study of Fault 2 in the Circuit #3. 28.-A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in parallel. 29.-Exercises. RLC Circuits: 30.- Resistance-Capacitance Filters. 31.- Filters inductive resistance. Low Pass and High- Pass filters. 32.- Exercises. Resonance: 33.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with low impedance source. 34.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 35.- Study of Fault 2 in the resonance Circuit. 36.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with high impedance source. 37.- Circuit frequency response and bandwidth. 38.- A.C. R-L-C Circuits in series. 39.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 40.- Exercises. The transformer: 41.- The transformer. 42.- The transformer with load. 43.- Current measurement in the secondary Transformer with Charge. 44.- Exercises. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES M16. Electric Networks Ohm’s law: 1.-Calculation of the internal resistance of a continuous source. 2.-Error study in an internal resistance. 3.-Internal resistance calculation of an alternating source. 4.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Electrical power: 5.-Power transferred by a DC source to load. 6.-Power transferred to a load by an AC source. 7.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Power supplies combination: 8.-DC+DC assembly. 9.- Error study in the circuit, assembly. 10.-DC+AC assembly. 11.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Thévenin’s and Norton’s theorems: 12.-Thévenin and Norton equivalent circuits. Conversion. Kirchoff’s laws. 13.-Theoretical/practical exercises. Superposition theorem: 14.-Application of the Superposition theorem. 15.-Error study in the Superposition circuit. Component values modifications. 16.-Theoretical/practical exercises. 1.-Magnetic fields measurement. 2.-Induced electromotive force. Coil Reactance calculation. 3.-Exercises. Electromagnetic applications: 4.-Mutual Inductance. 5.-Basic operation of the transformer 6.-Core effect in a transformer response. 7.-Fault study in the Transformer. 8.- Basic operation of the solenoid. 9.- Fault study in the Solenoid circuit. 10.-Basic operation of a relay. 11.-Self-holding of the position of the contacts. 12.-Fault study in the Relay circuit. 13.-Exercises. Direct current motor: 14.-Characteristic Speed/Voltage of a M17. Electromagnetism Star-triangle transformation: 17.- Resistance measurement between terminals. Delta| Y configurations. 18.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Wheatstone bridge: 19.- Calibration of a Wheatstone bridge fed by a DC source. 20.- Error study in the Wheatstone bridge circuit. 21.- Wheatstone bridge calibration fed by an AC source. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Millman’s Theorem. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 6 continuous current motor. 15.- Motor used as DC generator. 16.- Cemf. 17.- Exercises. Stepping Motor: 18.- Stepper motor working. 19.- Fault study in Stepping motor circuit. 20.- Exercises. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics M3. Semiconductors I PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Characteristics of the PN junction: 1.- Study of the diode. 2.- Fault Study in Diodes. 3.- Exercises. The diode as a rectifier element: 4.- Half wave rectifier. 5.- Study of faults in Rectifier circuit. 6.- Bridge rectifier. 7.- Study of faults in bridge rectifier. 8.- Exercises. The Zener diode: 9.- Voltage regulator with a Zener diode. 10.- Study of faults in Zener circuit. 11.- Exercises. Study and characteristics of the transistor: 12.- Study of the transistor. 13.- Study of the fault in the transistor. 14.- Exercises. Transistor characteristics operating as a switch: Complementary transistors pair: 1.- Complementary transistors pair. 2.- Transistors pair with alternating signal. 3.- Fault study of the complementary Transistor pair. 4.- Exercises. Darlington configuration: 5.- Darlington configuration. 6.- Fault study of the Darlington configuration. 7.- Exercises. Differential amplifier: 8.- Differential amplifier. 9.- Fault study in the differential amplifier. 10.- Exercises. Study and characteristics of the JFET transistor: 11.- JFET characteristics. 12.- Fault study with the JFET transistor. 13.- Exercises. Rectification: 1.- Rectification. 2.- Bridge rectifier. 3.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Fixed voltage sources: 4.- Power supply with the Zener diode. 5.- Stabilization through Zener and Transistor. 6.- Fault study in “Stabilization through Zener and Transistor”. 7.- Protection against overcurrents. 8.- Protection against overvoltages. 9.- Study of the fault “Protection against overcurrents”. 10.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Symmetrical voltage power sources: 11.- Symmetrical source; 78XX regulator. 12.- Symmetrical source; 79XX regulator. 13.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Voltage regulators with integrated circuits: 14.- Adjustable regulator; LM317. 15.- Study of fault in adjustable LM317. 15.- Study of the transistor as a switch. 16.- Exercises. Common emitter amplifier: 17.- Study of the common emitter NPN amplifier. 18.- Fault Study in Amplifier circuit. 19.- Study of the common emitter PNP amplifier. 20.- Exercises. M4. Semiconductors II PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switch: 14.- Analog switch. 15.- Exercises. Multistage Amplifier. Direct coupling: 16.- Amplifier coupled directly. 17.- Fault study of an amplifier coupled directly. 18.- Exercises. M5. Power Supplies PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 16.- Adjustable L200 regulator. 17.- Fault Study in adjustable L200. 18.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Introduction to switched power supplies: 19.- Switching technique. 20.- Switching technique. PWM. 21.- Switching technique. Boost. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Voltage Feedback. DC-DC converter. M6. Oscillators PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Oscillators. RC and LC Nets: 1.- RC net oscillator. 2.- LC net oscillator. 3.- Faults study with RC and LC Net oscillators. 4.- Exercises. Wien bridge oscillator: 5.- Wien Bridge. 6.- Fault study the Wien bridge oscillator. 7.- Exercises. Colpitts oscillator. Hartley oscillator: 8.- Colpitts oscillator. 9.- Hartley oscillator. 10.- Faults study with the Colpitts Oscillator. 11.- Exercises. Astable multivibrator: 12.- Astable multivibrator. 13.- Fault study with an Astable mulltivibrator. 14.- Exercises. 555 TIMER: 15.- 555 timer. 16.- 555 timer fault study. 17.- Exercises. M7. Operational Amplifiers PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Operational amplifier characteristics: 1.- Operational amplifier study. 2.- Closed-loop output compensation voltage. 3.- Operational amplifier fault study. 4.- Exercises. The inverting amplifier: 5.- Inverting amplifier study. 6.- Inverting amplifier fault study. 7.- Exercises. The non-inverting amplifier: 8.- Study of the non-inverting amplifier. 16.- Differential amplifier fault study. 9.- Voltage follower. 17.- Exercises. 10.- Fault study in the non-inverting Comparators: Amplifier. 18.- Comparator study. 11.- Exercises. 19.- Comparators fault study. The adder amplifier: 20.- Exercises. 12.- Adding amplifier study. Additional Possibilities: 13.- Fault study in the adding amplifier. Attenuator. 14.- Exercises. Voltage Divider. The differential amplifier: Open-loop operation. 15.- Differential amplifier study. RC and LC filter responses: 1.- Frequency response. 2.- Low-pass filter. 3.- High-pass filter. 4.- LC Circuit. 5.- Study of Error in Low-pass filter. 6.- Study of Error in High-pass filter. 7.- Exercises theoretical/practical. T-shaped Filter: 8.- Filter with double T link. 9.- Generator circuit of the signal S1. 10.- Study of Error in RC filter with double T. 11.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Active filters: 12.- Low-pass filter. 13.- Low-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 14.- High-pass filter. 15.- High-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 16.- The attenuation is cumulative. 17.- Use of Operational Amplifier. M8. Filters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES M9. Power Electronics 18.- Study of Faults in filters. 19.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Association of filters: 20.- Behaviour of the filter. 21.- Filter of distorted signal. 22.- Filter in cascade; low pass filter and high pass filter. 23.- Filter in parallel. 24.- Study of Error in filters. 25.- Exercises theoretical/practical. Additional Possibilities: Band-Pass and Band-Stop Filters. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The bipolar power transistor: 1.-Study of the power transistor. 2.-Study of faults in the power transistor. 3.-Exercises. The MOSFET transistor: 4.-Study of the MOSFET transistor. 5.-Study of faults in the MOSFET. 6.-Exercises. The thyristor: 7.- Study of the thyristor. 8.- Study of the error of the thyristor. 9.- Exercises. The UJT transistor and trigger circuits of the thyristor: 10.- Study of the trigger circuits of the thyristor. 11.- Study of insulation circuits. 12.- Exercises. The TRIAC: 13.- Study of the TRIAC. 14.- Practical assembly of the TRIAC. 15.- Exercises. Additional Possibilities: Half/Full wave control. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 7 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics (continuation) M10. Digital Systems and Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switching. The bistable, astable and monostable family: 1.-Characteristics of an analog switch chip. 2.-Study of the error F1 in the Analog Multiplexer. 3.-Study of the errors in the Analog Multiplexer. 4.-Characteristics of an S-R type Latch Integrated circuit. 5.-Error Study in the bistable. 6.-Characteristics of an integrated astable circuit. 7.-Error Study in the astable. 8.-Characteristics of an integrated Monostable circuit. 9.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Behaviour of Binary/BCD Counters & 7segments Displays: 10.- Characteristics of Binary UP/DOWN Counter 74LS193 and 7-Segment Display. 11.- Error Study in the binary counter. 12.- C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e B C D UP/DOWN counter and 7-Segment Display. 13.- Error Study in the BCD counter. 14.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Comparators and analog integrators: 15.- Characteristics of an analog comparator. 16.- Analog integrator. 17.- Error Study in the analog integrator. 18.- Triangular wave generation. 19.- Theoretical/practical exercises. A/D and D/A conversion: 20.- D/A Converter. 21.- A/D Converter. 22.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Applications: 23.- Random number generator. 24.- Measuring the time between two events. 25.- Theoretical/practical exercises. Additional Possibilities: Synchronous/Asynchronous Counter. M11. Digital Electronics Fundamentals PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Numbers systems: 1.- Voltage measurement in a circuit of sources. 2.- Fault study in the source circuit. 3.- Exercises. Logical circuits: 4.- Logical Diode. 5.- Fault study in Sources. 6.- Logic with transistor and diodes. 7.- Fault study in transistor/diode circuit. 8.- Exercises. TTL gates: 9.- Basic function gates. 10.- Fault study in TTL circuit. 11.- Fault study in Logic Gates. 12.- Exercises. CMOS gates: 13.- Basic function gates. 14.- Fault study in CMOS circuit. 15.- Exercises. Boolean Algebra and logical functions: 16.- Study of use of Circuit #3. 17.- Exercises. Open collector gates: 18.- Study of the use of Circuit #5. 19.- Exercises. Others types of integrated gates: 20.- Study of simple operations with a Schmitt Trigger inverter. 21.- Operation study of a three-state buffer. 22.- Study of the fault in the Circuit #7. 23.- Exercises. Additional Possibilities: JK Flip-Flop. Control of Data Bus. M12. Basic Combinational Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Encoders: 1.- Study of an encoder. 2.- Fault study in the encoder. 3.- Exercises. Decoders: 4.- Study of a decoder. 5.- Fault study in the decoder. 6.- Exercises. Multiplexers: 7.- Study of a multiplexer. 8.- Study of the errors in the multiplexers. 9.- Exercises. Demultiplexers: 10.- Study of a demultiplexer. 11.- Study of the errors in demultiplexers. 12.- Exercises. Digital Comparators: 13.- Study of a comparator. 14.- Study of the errors in a comparator. 15.- Exercises. Arithmetic and logic operations: 16.- Study of an adder. 17.- Study of the error in the arithmetic and logic operations. 18.- Study of a parity generator. 19.- Study of the error in the Parity generator. 20.- Exercises. M13. Basic Sequential Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Bistables: 1.- Bistables. 2.- Bistable S-R using NAND gates. 3.- Practical performance. 4.- Study of error in the Bistables. 5.- Exercises. Shift registers: 6.- Shift registers. 7.- Study of faults of the Shift registers. 8.- Exercises. Counters: 9.- Practice of the Counters. 10.- Study of faults of the Counters. 11.- Exercises. Synchronised sequential circuits: 12.- Practice of the Synchronised. 13.- Study of errors of the Synchronised Sequential circuits. 14.- Exercises. Memories: 15.- Exercises. M14. Optoelectronics PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Light transmitters and liquid crystal display (LCD): 1.- Light transmitters. 2.- Bar graph. 3.- LCD display and 7-segment display. 4.- Fault Study in light transmitters and liquid crystal display. 5.- Exercises. Photo-conducting cells: 6.- Light dependent resistors. 7.- Alarm. 8.- Fault study on the photo-conducting cell. 9.- Exercises. Fibre optics: 10.- Fibre optics practice. M15. Development Module MAIN FEATURES This is a module to build and implement student’s own circuits, it consists on: Development board. Power supply connector. Digital visual display unit. Logical source. Set of potentiometers. Pulse generator and inverters. Interrupter. Clock. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 8 11.- Fault study using fibre optics. 12.- Exercises. Infrared: 13.- Circuit with infrared diodes. 14.- Fault study of the infrared diodes. 15.- Exercises. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics:Transducers M41. Resistance Transducers PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Linearly sliding potentiometer. 2.- Rotary carbon-track potentiometer. 3.- Rotary coil potentiometer. 4.- Precision servo-potentiometer. M43. Applications of Temperature PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The integrated circuit temperature transducer: 1.- Characteristics of an integrated temperature circuit. 2.- Construction of a digital thermometer. The (T.D.R.) Platinum transducer: 3.- Characteristics of a platinum Temperature Dependent Resistance (T.D.R) transducer. The N.T.C (Negative Temperature Coefficient) thermistor: 4.- Characteristics of an N.T.C thermistor. 5.- N.T.C Characteristics. Thermistor used in an alarm circuit (double thermistor). The “K” type thermocouple temperature thermistor: 6.- Characteristics of a ‘K’ type thermopar. M44. Applications of Light PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Photovoltaic Cell. 2.- Characteristics of a photovoltaic cell. 3.- Phototransistor. 4.- Characteristics of a phototransistor. 5.- Photodiode PIN. 6.- Characteristics of a PIN photodiode. 7.- Photoconductive Cell. 8.- Luminous intensity detector. M45. Linear Position and Force PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT). 2.- Characteristics of a Variable Resistance. 3.-The characteristics of a strain gauge Transducer. M-46. Environmental Measurements PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of Air flow Sensor. 2.- Characteristics of Air pressure Sensor. 3.- Characteristics of Humidity Sensor. M-47. Rotational Speed and Position Control PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a slotted opto transducer and its applications for counting and speed measurement. 2.- Characteristics of the reflective opto-transducer. 3.- Characteristics of an inductive transducer. 5.- Characteristics of a D.C. Permanent Magnet tachogenerator. 4.- Characteristics of a half effect transducer. M-48. Sounds Measurements PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Characteristics of a Dynamic Microphone. 2.- Characteristics of an ultrasonic Receiver. 3.- Theoretical/Practical questions. M-49. Applications of Temperature and Pressure PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The integrated circuit temperature transducer: 1.- Characteristics of an integrated temperature circuit. 2.- C o n s t r u c t i o n o f a d i g i t a l thermometer. The (T.D.R.) Platinum transducer: 3.- Characteristics of a platinum Temperature Dependent Resistance The “K” type thermocouple temperature thermistor: (T.D.R) transducer. 6.- Characteristics of a ‘K’ type The N.T.C (Negative Temperature thermocouple. Coefficient) thermistor: 4.- Characteristics of an N.T.C thermistor. Pressure transducer: 7.- Characteristic of a pressure 5.- N.T.C Characteristics. Thermistor used transducer. in an alarm circuit (double thermistor). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 9 www.edibon.com Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: 2 (continuation) (continuation) Modules (continuation) Basic Electronics: Control Electronics M60. Analog/Digital Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Binary Slope Converter. 5.- Flash Converter. 2.- Integrated converter. 3.- Simple Slope Converter. 4.- Double Slope Converter. M-61. Digital/Analog Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Weighted Resistance Converter. 5.- Pulse - Width Modulation Converter. 2.- Ladder Converter R/2R. 3.- Integrated Converter. 4.- Series Blocking Converter. M-65. Control and Regulation PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study in open loop Nº1: Proportional block. 2.- Study in open loop Nº2: Integrator block. 3.- Study in open loop Nº3: Simple pole. 4.- Study in open loop Nº4: 2nd order plant. 5.- Study in open loop Nº5: Non lineal Plants: Limitation and Hysteresis. 6.- Study in open loop Nº 6: Block composition: Negative zero and Negative Pole. 7.- Study in closed loop Nº1: Control by means of Optimum Quantitative.1st order system. 8.-Study in closed loop Nº2: Control by means of Optimum Quantitative. 2nd order system. Basic Electronics: Any other possibilities M-99. Expansion Board Example of an electronic sub-board put in the M99 Board The aim of the M99 Expansion Board is to provide generic support to up to 8 electronic sub-boards, each one with its own specific functionality, customized to client necessities. The sub-boards have to be inserted in any of the eight 32-pin female connectors reserved for it on the M99 Board. There are connectors, in both the subboards and on the M99, through which one can access the internal input/output data points, to take measures and get information about the practice. Thus, the student carries out the pedagogical aims. In the upper right corner of the M99 board there are 14 connectors for power supply. Thanks to them, the sub-boards can be supplied with different voltage intensities. Either ”FA-CO” Power Supply or “EBC100” Base unit with built-in power supply, are required to work with the M99 Expansion Board, like with any other Module. - Some electronic sub-boards already developed: M99-1. Analogical Commutator. M99-2. Analogical Multiplier. M99-3. Function Generator. M99-4. AM Modulator. M99-5. AM Demodulator. * We can design and include any electronic circuit or application on a sub-board according to customer requirements. This way, any Modules can be complemented with extra circuits, in extra sub-boards. The sub-boards can also be purchased independently to the modules, thus giving total freedom to customers in the acquisition of circuits. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 10 9.-Potentiometer adjustment. (continuation) LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: (continuation) Software 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between module and computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Module Software (M../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Module (electronic board) Instructor Software Student/Module Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the modules, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. M../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Module Software). It explains how to use the module, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each module has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the modules, showing how to complete the circuits and get the right information from them. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. Available Student/Module Software Packages: -M8/SOF. Filters. -M9/SOF. Power Electronics. -M10/SOF. Digital Systems and Converters. -M11/SOF. Digital Electronics Fundamentals. -M12/SOF. Basic Combinational Circuits. -M13/SOF. Basic Sequential Circuits. -M14/SOF. Optoelectronics. -M15/SOF. Development Module. Basic Electronic: Transducers: -M41/SOF. Resistance transducers. -M43/SOF. Applications of Temperature. Basic electricity -M1/SOF. Direct Current Circuits(D.C.). -M2/SOF. Alternating Current Circuits(A.C.). -M16/SOF. Electric Networks. -M17/SOF. Electromagnetism. Basic Electronic: -M3/SOF. Semiconductors I. -M4/SOF. Semiconductors II. -M5/SOF. Power Supplies. -M6/SOF. Oscillators. -M7/SOF. Operational Amplifiers. 4 -M44/SOF. Applications of light. -M45/SOF. Linear Position and Force. -M46/SOF. Environmental Measurement . -M47/SOF. Rotational Speed and Position Control. -M48/SOF. Sound Measurements. -M49/SOF. Applications of Temperature and Pressure. Basic Electronic: Control Electronics: -M60/SOF. Analog/Digital Converters. -M61/SOF. Digital/Analog Converters. -M65/SOF. Control and Regulation. LIEBA/CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) This Computer Aided Learning Software (CAL) is a Windows based software, simple and very easy to use specifically developed by EDIBON. It has been designed to cover different areas of science: Basic Electronics, Communications, Basic Electricity, Mechanics, Basic Fluid Mechanics and General Fluid Mechanics. On the Basic Electronics Area, it can be used with the M1 to M17 modules. These modules cover every subject in Basic Electricity and Electronics, both analog and digital. CAL is a class assistant that helps in making the necessary calculations to extract the right conclusions from data obtained during the experimental practices. With a single click, CAL computes the value of all the variables involved. Also, CAL gives the option of plotting and printing the results. Simply insert the experimental data, with a single click CAL will perform the calculations. Once the Area of study is selected, the right module can be chosen among a wide range, each one with its own set of lab. exercises. Among the given choices, an additional help button can be found, which offers a wide range of information, such as constant values, unit conversion factors and integral and derivative tables: It provides a handy option to avoid using different reference sources while in progress. For example: the values of Physical constants, their symbols and right names, conversion factors... ...and the very useful Integral and Derivative tables. Between the plotting options, any variable can be represented against any other. And there exist a great range of different plotting displays. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 11 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.1-Basic Basic Electronics Electronics 2.1- (continuation) (continuation) Data Acquisition 5 1 2 Connection points 4 Cables to interface EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/Virtual Instrumentation System Data acquisition and virtual instrumentation software 3 “n” Module (electronic board) Data acquisition interface box Cable to computer Data acquisition board Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.1- Basic Electronics LIEBA. Basic Electronics and Electricity Integrated Laboratory: Student post EDAS/VIS is the perfect link between the electronic modules and the PC. With the EDAS/VIS system, information from the modules is sent to the computer. There, it can be analyzed and represented. We easily connect the Data Acquisition Interface Box (DAIB) to the modules with the supplied cables (connection points are placed in the modules). Like any other hardware, the DAIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software (specific for every module), the student can get the results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. This EDAS/VIS System includes DAIB + DAB + EDAS/VIS-SOF: 5.1)Hardware: 5.1.1)DAIB. Data Acquisition Interface Box: Steel box. Dimensions: 310 x 220 x 145 mm. approx. Front panel: 16 Analog inputs. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital inputs/outputs, configurable as inputs or outputs. Digital signal simulator. Analog signal simulator. Inside: Internal power supply of 12 and 5 V. Potentiometer. Back panel:Power supply connector. SCSI connector (for connecting with the data acquisition board). Connecting cables. 5.1.2) DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. For EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version: Analog inputs: 16. Sampling rate up to: 1,250,000 S/s. Analog outputs: 2. Digital Input/Output: 24 inputs/outputs. For EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version: This is a similar version to the 1.25, with t h e only difference that for this one, the sampling rate to 250,000 S/s . DAB 5.2) EDAS/VIS-SOF. Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software: It works as: -Digital oscilloscope. -Multimeter. DAIB -Function generator. -Spectrum analyzer. -Transient recorder. -Logic analyzer Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different inputs and outputs. It stores acquired data in a file (16 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 24 digital inputs/outputs at the same time) for further analysis. Print screens and reports of the signals at any time. Quick capture in a period of time and posterior representation. Two signal generators, independent for sinusoidal, triangular, saw and square. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. Measurement, analysis, visualization, representation and report of results. All 16 input channels could be scaled to compare signal with different voltage levels. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/basic/LIEBA.pdf Page 12 issue:01/11 ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0222K-220K/20S ITEM 1 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. M-KITS BASIC ELECTRONIS AND ELECTRICITY ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 FACO POWER SUPPLY 1 2 M15 DEVELOPMENT MODULE 1 3 M1/KIT D. C. CIRCUITS KIT 1 4 M1/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF D.C CIRCUITS 20 5 M1/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR D.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 M2/KIT A. C. CIRCUITS KIT 1 7 M2/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF A.C. CIRCUITS 20 8 M2/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR A.C. CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 M16/KIT ELECTRIC NETWORKS KIT 1 10 M16/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF ELECTRIC NETWORKS 20 11 M16/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ELECTRICS NETWORKS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 M3/KIT SEMICONDUCTORS I KIT 1 13 M3/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF SEMICONDUCTORS I 20 14 M3/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR SEMICONDUCTORS I (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 15 M5/KIT POWER SUPPLIES KIT 1 16 M5/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF POWER SUPPLIES 20 17 M5/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR POWER SUPPLIES (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 18 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 19 EDAS/VIS-0.25 1 DAIB DAB EDAS/SOF EDIBON DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (250.000 samples per second), FORMED BY: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION (Oscilloscope, Multimeter, Function Generator, Spectrum Analyzer, Transient Record, Logic Analyzer and Logic Generator) DATA ACQUISITION INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 20 0220PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 21 0220PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 VIS 1 Ref: 0222K-220K/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 22 0220IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 23 0220CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 24 0220TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 25 0220MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits 2.1Electronics 1 2.- Electronics M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: Common and required Elements for all Kits FA-CO. Power Supply 2 Assembly Kits 2 (M-KIT1) Assembly Kits (M-KIT6) M15. Development Module 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Used Teaching Technique (M-KIT4) INS/SOF. Instructor Software (M-KIT7) + M../SOF. Student/Kit Software 4 CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) Used Teaching Technique (M-KIT5) (M-KIT16) 5 EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/ Virtual Instrumentation System Used Teaching Technique DAIB. Data acquisition interface box DAB. Data acquisition board Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software EDAS/VIS-SOF. Other Kits Other Kits The complete system includes parts 1 to 5 and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. (Power supply + Module (M15) + Kit/s, is the minimum supply). Available Assembly Kits: - M1-KIT Direct Current Circuits (D.C.). - M9-KIT Power Electronics. - M2-KIT Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.). - M10-KIT Digital Systems and Converters. - M3-KIT Semiconductors I. - M11-KIT Digital Electronics Fundamentals. - M4-KIT Semiconductors II. - M12-KIT Basic Combinational Circuits. - M5-KIT Power Supplies. - M13-KIT Basic Sequential Circuits. - M6-KIT Oscillators. - M14-KIT Optoelectronics. - M7-KIT Operational Amplifiers. - M16-KIT Electric Networks. - M8-KIT Filters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 13 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2- Electronics Kits M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Common and required Elements for all Assembly Kits FA-CO. Power Supply SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Fixed outputs: + 5 V, ± 12 V, 1 A. Variable outputs: ± 12 V, 0.5 A. AC output: 12V. Outputs through either 2mm. contact terminals, or through 25 pin CENTRONICS connectors. LED’s voltage indicators. Supply: 110/220V A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. This power supply FA-CO includes all the requirements for full working with any kit from M1-KIT to M16-KIT. Dimensions: 225x205x200mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. M15. Development Module SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Components mounting baseplate. This is a module for implementing the student’s own development, with: Development board. Connector for power supply. Digital visualization LED. Logical source. Set of potentiometers. Pulse generator and inverters.Interrupter. Clock. Dimensions: 300 x 210 x 45 mm. approx. Weight: 300 gr. approx. 2 Assembly Kits KITS, containing each one: Assembly and practice manuals (8 manuals supplied). Set of components and wires necessary for mounting the corresponding practice. After the first assembly, all the elements are recoverable. M1-KIT. Direct Current (D.C.)Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Measurement managing and checking instruments: 1.- Electronic instrumentation operation. Use of multimeter. 2.- Study of fault F1 in Resistance circuit. 3.- Study of fault F2 in Resistance circuit. Ohm's Law: 4.- Ohm's Law verification. 5.- Power calculation. Resistors: characteristics and types: 6.- Resistor measurements. Color code. Ohmmeter. 7.- Study of Fault F1 in Resistors circuit . 8.- Study of Fault F2 in Resistors circuit. Resistors association and the Wheatstone Bridge: 9.- Voltage and current measurement in a circuit with resistors connected in series. 10.- Series/Parallel configuration study. 11.- The Wheatstone Bridge. 12.- Study of Fault in Series Resistors circuit. 13.- Study of Fault in Parallel Resistors circuit. 14.- Study of Fault F1 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. 15.- Study of Fault F2 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit . Kirchoff's laws: 16.- Kirchoff's first law. 17.- Kirchoff's second law. 18.- Fault study using Kirchoff's law. M2-KIT. Alternating Current (A.C.) Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Alternating signal characteristics. Instruments: 1.- Waveforms study in A.C. 2.- Introduction of anomalies in the Wave form circuit. 3.- Study of Faults in the Wave form circuit. 4.- Relation between peak values and RMS for sinusoidal waves. 5.- Resistance in a sinusoidal alternating current. 6.- Measurements using the oscilloscope. 7.- Voltage and current phase angles for resistors in sinusoidal alternating current. 8.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in series. 9.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in parallel. Behaviour of A.C. capacitors and inductors: 10.- Capacitance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input current. 11.- Inductance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input voltage. 12.- Reactive reactance, Xc, variations with the frequency. 13.- Study of faults in capacitors. 14.- Reactive capacitance variations with capacitance. 15.- A.C. capacitors in parallel. 16.- A.C. capacitors in series. 17.- A.C. capacitors as voltage dividers. 18.- Inductance in an A.C circuit. 19.- Inductive reactance variations with the inductance. 20.- Inductors in series in an A.C. circuit. Basic theorems and capacitance and inductance circuits: 21.- A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in series. 22.- A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in parallel. 23.- A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in series. 24.- Study of Fault 1 in the Circuit #3. 25.- Study of Fault 2 in the Circuit #3. 26.- A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in parallel. RLC Circuits: 27.- Resistance-Capacitance Filters. 28.- Filters inductive resistance. Low-Pass and HighPass filters. Resonance: 29.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with low Impedance source. 30.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 31.- Study of Fault 2 in the resonance circuit. 32.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with high impedance source. 33.- Circuit frequency response and bandwidth. 34.- A.C. R-L-C Circuits in series. 35.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. The transformer: 36.- The transformer. 37.- The transformer with load. 38.- Current measurement in the secondary transformer with charge. M3-KIT. Semiconductors I PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Characteristics of the PN junction: 1.- Study of the diode. 2.- Fault Study in Diodes. The diode as a rectifier element: 3.- Half wave rectifier. 4.- Study of faults in Rectifier circuit. 5.- Bridge rectifier. 6.- Study of faults in bridge rectifier. The Zener diode: 7.- Voltage regulator with a Zener diode. 8.- Study of faults in Zener circuit. Study and characteristics of the transistor: 9.- Study of the transistor. 10.- Study of the fault in the transistor. Transistor characteristics operating as a switch: 11.-Study of the transistor as a switch. Common emitter amplifier: 12.-Study of the common emitter NPN amplifier. 13.-Fault Study in Amplifier circuit. 14.-Study of the common emitter PNP amplifier. M4-KIT. Semiconductors II PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Complementary transistors pair: 1.- Complementary transistors pair. 2.- Transistors pair with alternating signal. 3.- Fault study of the complementary Transistor pair. Darlington configuration: 4.- Darlington configuration. 5.- Fault study of the Darlington configuration. Differential amplifier: 6.- Differential amplifier. 7.- Fault study in the differential amplifier. Study and characteristics of the JFET transistor: 8.- JFET characteristics. 9.- Fault study with the JFET transistor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 14 Analog switch: 10.- Analog switch. Multistage Amplifier. Direct coupling: 11.- Amplifier coupled directly. 12.- Fault study of an amplifier coupled directly. M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 2 M5-KIT. Power Supplies Rectification: 1.- Rectification. 2.- Bridge rectifier. Fixed voltage sources: 3.- Power supply with the Zener diode. 4.- Stabilization through Zener and Transistor. 5.- Fault study in “Stabilization through Zener and Transistor”. 6.- Protection against overcurrents. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 7.- Protection against overvoltages. 8.- Study of the fault “Protection against overcurrents”. Symmetrical voltage power sources: 9.- Symmetrical source; 78XX regulator. 10.- Symmetrical source; 79XX regulator. Voltage regulators with integrated circuits: 11.- Adjustable regulator; LM317. 12.- Study of the fault in adjustable LM317 regulator. M6-KIT. Oscillators Oscillators. RC and LC Nets: 1.- RC net oscillator. 2.- LC net oscillator. 3.- Faults study with RC and LC Net oscillators. Wien bridge oscillator: 4.- Wien Bridge. 5.- Fault study in the Wien bridge oscillator. 13.- Adjustable L200 regulator. 14.- Fault Study in adjustable L200 Regulator. Introduction to switched power supplies: 15.- Switching technique. 16.- Switching technique. PWM. 17.- Switching technique. Boost. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Colpitts oscillator. Hartley oscillator: 6.- Colpitts oscillator. 7.- Hartley oscillator. 8.- Faults study with the Colpitts oscillator. Astable multivibrator: 9.- Astable multivibrator. 10.- Fault study with an Astable mulltivibrator. M7-KIT. Operational Amplifiers Operational amplifier characteristics: 1.- Operational amplifier study. 2.- Closed-loop output compensation voltage. 3.- Operational amplifier fault study. The inverting amplifier: 4.- Inverting amplifier study. 5.- Inverting amplifier fault study. (continuation) Assembly Kits (continuation) 555 TIMER: 11.-555 timer. 12.-555 timer fault study. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The non-inverting amplifier: 6.- Study of the non-inverting amplifier. 7.- Voltage follower. 8.- Fault study in the non-inverting amplifier. The adder amplifier: 9.- Adding amplifier study. 10.- Fault study in the adding amplifier. The differential amplifier: 11.- Differential amplifier study. 12.- Differential amplifier fault study. Comparators: 13.- Comparator study. 14.- Comparators fault study. M8-KIT. Filters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES RC and LC filter responses: 1.- Frequency response. 2.- Low-pass filter. 3.- High-pass filter. 4.- LC Circuit. 5.- Study of Error in Low-pass filter. 6.- Study of Error in High-pass filter. T-shaped Filter: 7.- Filter with double T link. 8.- Generator circuit of the signal S1. 9.- Study of Error in RC filter with double T. Active filters: 10.- Low-pass filter. 11.- Low-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 12.- High-pass filter. 13.- High-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 14.- The attenuation is cumulative. 15.- Use of Operational Amplifier. 16.- Study of Faults in filters. Association of filters: 17.- Behaviour of the filter. 18.- Filter of distorted signal. 19.- Filter in cascade; low pass filter and high pass filter. 20.- Filter in parallel. 21.- Study of Error in filters. M9-KIT. Power Electronics PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The bipolar power transistor: 1.- Study of the power transistor. 2.- Study of faults in the power transistor. The MOSFET transistor: 3.- Study of the MOSFET transistor. 4.- Study of faults in the MOSFET transistor. The thyristor: 5.- Study of the thyristor. 6.- Study of the error of the thyristor. The UJT transistor and trigger circuits of the thyristor: 7.- Study of the trigger circuits of the thyristor. 8.- Study of insulation circuits. The TRIAC: 9.- Study of the TRIAC. 10.- Practical assembly of the TRIAC. M10-KIT. Digital Systems and Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switching. The bistable, astable and monostable family: 1.- Characteristics of an analog switch chip. 2.- Study of the error F1 in the Analog Multiplexer. 3.- Study of the errors in the Analog Multiplexer. 4.- Characteristics of an S-R type Latch Integrated circuit. 5.- Error Study in the bistable. 6.- Characteristics of an integrated astable circuit. 7.- Error Study in the astable. 8.- Characteristics of an integrated Monostable circuit. Behaviour of Binary/BCD Counters & 7-segments Displays: 9.- Characteristics of Binary UP/DOWN Counter 74LS193 and 7-Segment Display. 10.- Error Study in the binary counter. 11.- Characteristics of the BCD UP/DOWN counter and 7-Segment Display. 12.- Error Study in the BCD counter. Comparators and analog integrators: 13.- Characteristics of an analog comparator. 14.- Analog integrator. 15.- Error Study in the analog integrator. 16.- Triangular wave generation. A/D and D/A conversion: 17.- D/A Converter. 18.- A/D Converter. Applications: 19.- Random number generator. 20.- Measuring the time between two events. M11-KIT. Digital Electronics Fundamentals PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Numbers systems: 1.- Voltage measurement in a circuit of SOURCES. 2.- Fault study in the circuit. Logical circuits: 3.- Logical Diode. 4.- Fault study in sources. 5.- Logic with transistor and diodes. 6.- Fault study in transistor/diode circuit. TTL gates: 7.- Basic function gates. 8.- Study of the faults in TTL circuit. 9.- Study of the faults in Logic Gates. CMOS gates: 10.- Basic function gates. 11.- Study of the faults in CMOS circuit. Boolean Algebra and logical functions: 12.- Study of use of Circuit #3. Open collector gates: 13.- Study of the use of Circuit #5. Others types of integrated gates: 14.- Study of simple operations with a Schmitt Trigger inverter. 15.- Operation study of a three-state buffer. 16.- Study of the fault in the Circuit #7. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 15 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits (continuation) 2.1Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.2- Electronics Kits M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 2 M12-KIT. Basic Combinational Circuits Encoders: 1.- Study of an encoder. 2.- Fault study in the encoder. Decoders: 3.- Study of a decoder. 4.- Fault study in the decoder. Multiplexers: 5.- Study of a multiplexer. (continuation) (continuation) Assembly Kits (continuation) PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 6.- Study of the errors in the multiplexers. Demultiplexers: 7.- Study of a demultiplexer. 8.- Study of the errors in demultiplexers. Digital Comparators: 9.- Study of a comparator. 10.- Study of the errors in a comparator. Arithmetic and logic operations: 11.- Study of an adder. 12.- Study of the error in the arithmetic and logic operations. 13.- Study of a parity generator. 14.- Study of the error in the Parity generator. M13-KIT. Basic Sequential Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Bistables: 1.- Bistables. 2.- Bistable S-R using NAND gates. 3.- Practical performance. 4.- Study of error in the Bistables. Shift registers: 5.- Shift registers. 6.- Study of faults of the Shift registers. Counters: 7.- Practice of the Counters. 8.- Study of faults of the Counters. Synchronised sequential circuits: M14-KIT. Optoelectronics 9.- Practice of the Synchronised. 10.- Study of errors of the Synchronised sequential circuits. Memories: 11.- Exercises PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Light transmitters and liquid crystal display (LCD): 1.- Light transmitters. 2.- Bar graph. 3.- LCD display and 7-segment display. 4.- Fault Study in light transmitters and liquid crystal display. Photo-conducting cells: 5.- Light dependent resistors. 6.- Alarm. 7.- Fault study on the photo-conducting cell. Fibre optics: 8.- Fibre optics practice. M16-KIT. Electric Networks 9.- Fault study using fibre optics. Infrared: 10.- Circuit with infrared diodes. 11.- Fault study of the infrared diodes. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Ohm’s law: 1.- Calculation of the internal resistance of a continuous source. 2.- Error study in an internal resistance. 3.- Internal resistance calculation of an alternating source. Electrical power: 4.- Power transferred by a DC source to load. 5.- Power transferred to a load by an AC source. Power supplies combination: 6.- DC+DC assembly. 7.- Error study in the circuit, DC assembly. 8.- DC+AC assembly. Thévenin’s and Norton’s theorems: 9.- Thévenin and Norton equivalent circuits. Conversion. Kirchoff’s laws. Superposition theorem: 10.- Application of the Superposition theorem. 11.- Error study in the Superposition circuit. Component values modifications. Star-triangle transformation: 12.- Resistance measurement between terminals. Delta| Y configurations. Wheatstone bridge: 13.- Calibration of a Wheatstone bridge fed by a DC source. 14.- Error study in the Wheatstone bridge circuit. 15.- Wheatstone bridge calibration fed by an AC source. Software 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between the kit and the computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (M../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit Instructor Software Student/Module Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. M../SOF Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. - M1/SOF - M2/SOF - M3/SOF - M4/SOF - M5/SOF Direct Current Circuits (D.C.). Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.). Semiconductors l Semiconductors II. Power Supplies. Available Student Software Packages: - M6/SOF Oscillators. - M7/SOF Operational Amplifiers. - M8/SOF Filters. - M9/SOF Power Electronics. - M10/SOF Digital Systems and Converters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 16 - M11/SOF - M12/SOF - M13/SOF - M14/SOF - M16/SOF Digital Electronics Fundamentals. Basic Combinational Circuits. Basic Sequential Circuits. Optoelectronics. Electric Networks. M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: (continuation) Software (continuation) 4 CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) This Computer Aided Learning Software (CAL) is a Windows based software, simple and very easy to use specifically developed by EDIBON. It has been designed to cover different areas of science: Basic Electronics, Communications, Basic Electricity, Mechanics, Basic Fluid Mechanics and General Fluid Mechanics. On the Basic Electronics Area, it can be used with the M1 to M17 modules and with M1-KIT to M16-KIT Assembly Kits. These modules/Kits cover every subject in Basic Electricity and Electronics, both analog and digital. CAL is a class assistant that helps in making the necessary calculations to extract the right conclusions from data obtained during the experimental practices. With a single click, CAL computes the value of all the variables involved. Also, CAL gives the option of plotting and printing the results. Once the Area of study is selected, the right module can be chosen among a wide range, each one with its own set of lab. exercises. Simply insert the experimental data, with a single click CAL will perform the calculations. Among the given choices, an additional help button can be found, which offers a wide range of information, such as constant values, unit conversion factors and integral and derivative tables: Between the plotting options, any variable can be represented against any other. And there exist a great range of different plotting displays. Data Acquisition 1 2 Connection points 4 Cables to interface EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/Virtual Instrumentation System Data acquisition and virtual instrumentation software 3 “n” Module (electronic board) Data acquisition interface box Cable to computer Data acquisition board 5 Student post EDAS/VIS is the perfect link between the electronic Modules or Kits and the PC. With the EDAS/VIS system, information from the module/kit is sent to the computer. There, it can be analyzed and represented. We easily connect the Data Acquisition Interface Box (DAIB) to the Modules/Kits with the supplied cables (connection points are placed in the modules). Like any other hardware, the DAIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software (specific for every module/Kit), the student can get the results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. This EDAS/VIS System includes DAIB + DAB + EDAS/VIS-SOF: 5.1)Hardware: 5.1.1)DAIB. Data Acquisition Interface Box: Steel box. Dimensions: 310 x 220 x 145 mm. approx. Front panel: 16 Analog inputs. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital inputs/outputs, configurable as inputs or outputs. Digital signal simulator. Analog signal simulator. Inside: Internal power supply of 12 and 5 V. Potentiometer. Back panel:Power supply connector. SCSI connector (for connecting with the data acquisition board). Connecting cables. 5.1.2) DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. For EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version: Analog inputs: 16. Sampling rate up to: 1,250,000 S/s. Analog outputs: 2. Digital Input/Output: 24 inputs/outputs. For EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version: This is a similar version to the 1.25, with t h e only difference that for this one, the sampling rate to 250,000 S/s . DAIB DAB 5.2) EDAS/VIS-SOF. Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software: It works as: -Digital oscilloscope. -Multimeter. -Function generator. -Spectrum analyzer. -Transient recorder. -Logic analyzer Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different inputs and outputs. It stores acquired data in a file (16 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 24 digital inputs/outputs at the same time) for further analysis. Print screens and reports of the signals at any time. Quick capture in a period of time and posterior representation. Two signal generators, independent for sinusoidal, triangular, saw and square. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. Measurement, analysis, visualization, representation and report of results. All 16 input channels could be scaled to compare signal with different voltage levels. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 17 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits (continuation) 2.1Electronics issue:01/11 ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS "KIT" (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0222K-221K/20S ITEM 1 / 3 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. M-KITS BASIC ELECTRONIS AND ELECTRICITY ASSEMBLY KITS, FORMED BY: 1 FACO POWER SUPPLY 1 2 M15 DEVELOPMENT MODULE 1 3 M4/KIT SEMICONDUCTORS II KIT 1 4 M4/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF SEMICONDUCTORS II 20 5 M4/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR SEMICONDUCTORS II (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 M6/KIT OSCILATORS KIT 1 7 M6/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OSCILLATORS 20 8 M6/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OSCILLATORS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 M7/KIT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS KIT 1 10 M7/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 20 11 M7/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 M8/KIT FILTERS KIT 1 13 M8/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF FILTERS 20 14 M8/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR FILTERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 15 M9/KIT POWER ELECTRONICS KIT 1 16 M9/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF POWER ELCTRONICS 20 17 M9/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR POWER ELECTRONICS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 18 M10/KIT DIGITAL SYSTEM AND CONVERTERS KIT 1 19 M10/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND CONVERTERS 20 20 M10/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR DIGITAL SYSTEMS & CONVERTERS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 21 M11/KIT DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS KIT 1 22 M11/SOF * COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS 20 23 M11/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR DIGITAL ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 24 M12/KIT BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS KIT 1 Ref: 0222K-221K/20S ITEM REFERENCE 2 / 3 DESCRIPTION QTY. 25 M12/SOF * COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 20 26 M12/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 27 M13/KIT BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS KIT 1 28 M13/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 20 29 M13/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BASIC SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 30 M14/KIT OPTOELECTRONICS KIT 1 31 M14/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF OPTOELECTRONICS 20 32 M14/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OPTOELECTRONICS (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 33 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 34 EDAS/VIS-0.25 1 DAIB DAB EDAS/SOF EDIBON DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (250.000 samples per second), FORMED BY: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION (Oscilloscope, Multimeter, Function Generator, Spectrum Analyzer, Transient Record, Logic Analyzer and Logic Generator) DATA ACQUISITION INTERFACE BOX DATA ACQUISITION BOARD DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE 1 1 1 35 0221PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 36 0221PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 37 0221IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 38 0221CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 39 0221TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 40 0221MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 VIS 1 Ref: 0222K-221K/20S 3 / 3 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits 2.1Electronics 1 2.- Electronics M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: Common and required Elements for all Kits FA-CO. Power Supply 2 Assembly Kits 2 (M-KIT1) Assembly Kits (M-KIT6) M15. Development Module 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System Used Teaching Technique (M-KIT4) INS/SOF. Instructor Software (M-KIT7) + M../SOF. Student/Kit Software 4 CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) Used Teaching Technique (M-KIT5) (M-KIT16) 5 EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/ Virtual Instrumentation System Used Teaching Technique DAIB. Data acquisition interface box DAB. Data acquisition board Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software EDAS/VIS-SOF. Other Kits Other Kits The complete system includes parts 1 to 5 and any part can be supplied individually or additionally. (Power supply + Module (M15) + Kit/s, is the minimum supply). Available Assembly Kits: - M1-KIT Direct Current Circuits (D.C.). - M9-KIT Power Electronics. - M2-KIT Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.). - M10-KIT Digital Systems and Converters. - M3-KIT Semiconductors I. - M11-KIT Digital Electronics Fundamentals. - M4-KIT Semiconductors II. - M12-KIT Basic Combinational Circuits. - M5-KIT Power Supplies. - M13-KIT Basic Sequential Circuits. - M6-KIT Oscillators. - M14-KIT Optoelectronics. - M7-KIT Operational Amplifiers. - M16-KIT Electric Networks. - M8-KIT Filters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 13 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2- Electronics Kits M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 1 (continuation) (continuation) Common and required Elements for all Assembly Kits FA-CO. Power Supply SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Fixed outputs: + 5 V, ± 12 V, 1 A. Variable outputs: ± 12 V, 0.5 A. AC output: 12V. Outputs through either 2mm. contact terminals, or through 25 pin CENTRONICS connectors. LED’s voltage indicators. Supply: 110/220V A.C. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. This power supply FA-CO includes all the requirements for full working with any kit from M1-KIT to M16-KIT. Dimensions: 225x205x200mm. approx. Weight: 2Kg approx. M15. Development Module SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Components mounting baseplate. This is a module for implementing the student’s own development, with: Development board. Connector for power supply. Digital visualization LED. Logical source. Set of potentiometers. Pulse generator and inverters.Interrupter. Clock. Dimensions: 300 x 210 x 45 mm. approx. Weight: 300 gr. approx. 2 Assembly Kits KITS, containing each one: Assembly and practice manuals (8 manuals supplied). Set of components and wires necessary for mounting the corresponding practice. After the first assembly, all the elements are recoverable. M1-KIT. Direct Current (D.C.)Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Measurement managing and checking instruments: 1.- Electronic instrumentation operation. Use of multimeter. 2.- Study of fault F1 in Resistance circuit. 3.- Study of fault F2 in Resistance circuit. Ohm's Law: 4.- Ohm's Law verification. 5.- Power calculation. Resistors: characteristics and types: 6.- Resistor measurements. Color code. Ohmmeter. 7.- Study of Fault F1 in Resistors circuit . 8.- Study of Fault F2 in Resistors circuit. Resistors association and the Wheatstone Bridge: 9.- Voltage and current measurement in a circuit with resistors connected in series. 10.- Series/Parallel configuration study. 11.- The Wheatstone Bridge. 12.- Study of Fault in Series Resistors circuit. 13.- Study of Fault in Parallel Resistors circuit. 14.- Study of Fault F1 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit. 15.- Study of Fault F2 in Wheatstone Bridge circuit . Kirchoff's laws: 16.- Kirchoff's first law. 17.- Kirchoff's second law. 18.- Fault study using Kirchoff's law. M2-KIT. Alternating Current (A.C.) Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Alternating signal characteristics. Instruments: 1.- Waveforms study in A.C. 2.- Introduction of anomalies in the Wave form circuit. 3.- Study of Faults in the Wave form circuit. 4.- Relation between peak values and RMS for sinusoidal waves. 5.- Resistance in a sinusoidal alternating current. 6.- Measurements using the oscilloscope. 7.- Voltage and current phase angles for resistors in sinusoidal alternating current. 8.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in series. 9.- Sinusoidal A.C. resistors in parallel. Behaviour of A.C. capacitors and inductors: 10.- Capacitance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input current. 11.- Inductance with square waveform and a sinusoidal input voltage. 12.- Reactive reactance, Xc, variations with the frequency. 13.- Study of faults in capacitors. 14.- Reactive capacitance variations with capacitance. 15.- A.C. capacitors in parallel. 16.- A.C. capacitors in series. 17.- A.C. capacitors as voltage dividers. 18.- Inductance in an A.C circuit. 19.- Inductive reactance variations with the inductance. 20.- Inductors in series in an A.C. circuit. Basic theorems and capacitance and inductance circuits: 21.- A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in series. 22.- A.C. Resistor-Capacitor circuits in parallel. 23.- A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in series. 24.- Study of Fault 1 in the Circuit #3. 25.- Study of Fault 2 in the Circuit #3. 26.- A.C. Resistor-Inductor circuits in parallel. RLC Circuits: 27.- Resistance-Capacitance Filters. 28.- Filters inductive resistance. Low-Pass and HighPass filters. Resonance: 29.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with low Impedance source. 30.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. 31.- Study of Fault 2 in the resonance circuit. 32.- A.C. L-C Circuits in parallel with high impedance source. 33.- Circuit frequency response and bandwidth. 34.- A.C. R-L-C Circuits in series. 35.- Study of Fault 1 in the resonance circuit. The transformer: 36.- The transformer. 37.- The transformer with load. 38.- Current measurement in the secondary transformer with charge. M3-KIT. Semiconductors I PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Characteristics of the PN junction: 1.- Study of the diode. 2.- Fault Study in Diodes. The diode as a rectifier element: 3.- Half wave rectifier. 4.- Study of faults in Rectifier circuit. 5.- Bridge rectifier. 6.- Study of faults in bridge rectifier. The Zener diode: 7.- Voltage regulator with a Zener diode. 8.- Study of faults in Zener circuit. Study and characteristics of the transistor: 9.- Study of the transistor. 10.- Study of the fault in the transistor. Transistor characteristics operating as a switch: 11.-Study of the transistor as a switch. Common emitter amplifier: 12.-Study of the common emitter NPN amplifier. 13.-Fault Study in Amplifier circuit. 14.-Study of the common emitter PNP amplifier. M4-KIT. Semiconductors II PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Complementary transistors pair: 1.- Complementary transistors pair. 2.- Transistors pair with alternating signal. 3.- Fault study of the complementary Transistor pair. Darlington configuration: 4.- Darlington configuration. 5.- Fault study of the Darlington configuration. Differential amplifier: 6.- Differential amplifier. 7.- Fault study in the differential amplifier. Study and characteristics of the JFET transistor: 8.- JFET characteristics. 9.- Fault study with the JFET transistor. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 14 Analog switch: 10.- Analog switch. Multistage Amplifier. Direct coupling: 11.- Amplifier coupled directly. 12.- Fault study of an amplifier coupled directly. M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 2 M5-KIT. Power Supplies Rectification: 1.- Rectification. 2.- Bridge rectifier. Fixed voltage sources: 3.- Power supply with the Zener diode. 4.- Stabilization through Zener and Transistor. 5.- Fault study in “Stabilization through Zener and Transistor”. 6.- Protection against overcurrents. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 7.- Protection against overvoltages. 8.- Study of the fault “Protection against overcurrents”. Symmetrical voltage power sources: 9.- Symmetrical source; 78XX regulator. 10.- Symmetrical source; 79XX regulator. Voltage regulators with integrated circuits: 11.- Adjustable regulator; LM317. 12.- Study of the fault in adjustable LM317 regulator. M6-KIT. Oscillators Oscillators. RC and LC Nets: 1.- RC net oscillator. 2.- LC net oscillator. 3.- Faults study with RC and LC Net oscillators. Wien bridge oscillator: 4.- Wien Bridge. 5.- Fault study in the Wien bridge oscillator. 13.- Adjustable L200 regulator. 14.- Fault Study in adjustable L200 Regulator. Introduction to switched power supplies: 15.- Switching technique. 16.- Switching technique. PWM. 17.- Switching technique. Boost. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Colpitts oscillator. Hartley oscillator: 6.- Colpitts oscillator. 7.- Hartley oscillator. 8.- Faults study with the Colpitts oscillator. Astable multivibrator: 9.- Astable multivibrator. 10.- Fault study with an Astable mulltivibrator. M7-KIT. Operational Amplifiers Operational amplifier characteristics: 1.- Operational amplifier study. 2.- Closed-loop output compensation voltage. 3.- Operational amplifier fault study. The inverting amplifier: 4.- Inverting amplifier study. 5.- Inverting amplifier fault study. (continuation) Assembly Kits (continuation) 555 TIMER: 11.-555 timer. 12.-555 timer fault study. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The non-inverting amplifier: 6.- Study of the non-inverting amplifier. 7.- Voltage follower. 8.- Fault study in the non-inverting amplifier. The adder amplifier: 9.- Adding amplifier study. 10.- Fault study in the adding amplifier. The differential amplifier: 11.- Differential amplifier study. 12.- Differential amplifier fault study. Comparators: 13.- Comparator study. 14.- Comparators fault study. M8-KIT. Filters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES RC and LC filter responses: 1.- Frequency response. 2.- Low-pass filter. 3.- High-pass filter. 4.- LC Circuit. 5.- Study of Error in Low-pass filter. 6.- Study of Error in High-pass filter. T-shaped Filter: 7.- Filter with double T link. 8.- Generator circuit of the signal S1. 9.- Study of Error in RC filter with double T. Active filters: 10.- Low-pass filter. 11.- Low-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 12.- High-pass filter. 13.- High-pass filter with load and operational amplifier. 14.- The attenuation is cumulative. 15.- Use of Operational Amplifier. 16.- Study of Faults in filters. Association of filters: 17.- Behaviour of the filter. 18.- Filter of distorted signal. 19.- Filter in cascade; low pass filter and high pass filter. 20.- Filter in parallel. 21.- Study of Error in filters. M9-KIT. Power Electronics PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES The bipolar power transistor: 1.- Study of the power transistor. 2.- Study of faults in the power transistor. The MOSFET transistor: 3.- Study of the MOSFET transistor. 4.- Study of faults in the MOSFET transistor. The thyristor: 5.- Study of the thyristor. 6.- Study of the error of the thyristor. The UJT transistor and trigger circuits of the thyristor: 7.- Study of the trigger circuits of the thyristor. 8.- Study of insulation circuits. The TRIAC: 9.- Study of the TRIAC. 10.- Practical assembly of the TRIAC. M10-KIT. Digital Systems and Converters PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Analog switching. The bistable, astable and monostable family: 1.- Characteristics of an analog switch chip. 2.- Study of the error F1 in the Analog Multiplexer. 3.- Study of the errors in the Analog Multiplexer. 4.- Characteristics of an S-R type Latch Integrated circuit. 5.- Error Study in the bistable. 6.- Characteristics of an integrated astable circuit. 7.- Error Study in the astable. 8.- Characteristics of an integrated Monostable circuit. Behaviour of Binary/BCD Counters & 7-segments Displays: 9.- Characteristics of Binary UP/DOWN Counter 74LS193 and 7-Segment Display. 10.- Error Study in the binary counter. 11.- Characteristics of the BCD UP/DOWN counter and 7-Segment Display. 12.- Error Study in the BCD counter. Comparators and analog integrators: 13.- Characteristics of an analog comparator. 14.- Analog integrator. 15.- Error Study in the analog integrator. 16.- Triangular wave generation. A/D and D/A conversion: 17.- D/A Converter. 18.- A/D Converter. Applications: 19.- Random number generator. 20.- Measuring the time between two events. M11-KIT. Digital Electronics Fundamentals PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Numbers systems: 1.- Voltage measurement in a circuit of SOURCES. 2.- Fault study in the circuit. Logical circuits: 3.- Logical Diode. 4.- Fault study in sources. 5.- Logic with transistor and diodes. 6.- Fault study in transistor/diode circuit. TTL gates: 7.- Basic function gates. 8.- Study of the faults in TTL circuit. 9.- Study of the faults in Logic Gates. CMOS gates: 10.- Basic function gates. 11.- Study of the faults in CMOS circuit. Boolean Algebra and logical functions: 12.- Study of use of Circuit #3. Open collector gates: 13.- Study of the use of Circuit #5. Others types of integrated gates: 14.- Study of simple operations with a Schmitt Trigger inverter. 15.- Operation study of a three-state buffer. 16.- Study of the fault in the Circuit #7. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 15 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits (continuation) 2.1Electronics 2.- Electronics 2.2- Electronics Kits M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: 2 M12-KIT. Basic Combinational Circuits Encoders: 1.- Study of an encoder. 2.- Fault study in the encoder. Decoders: 3.- Study of a decoder. 4.- Fault study in the decoder. Multiplexers: 5.- Study of a multiplexer. (continuation) (continuation) Assembly Kits (continuation) PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 6.- Study of the errors in the multiplexers. Demultiplexers: 7.- Study of a demultiplexer. 8.- Study of the errors in demultiplexers. Digital Comparators: 9.- Study of a comparator. 10.- Study of the errors in a comparator. Arithmetic and logic operations: 11.- Study of an adder. 12.- Study of the error in the arithmetic and logic operations. 13.- Study of a parity generator. 14.- Study of the error in the Parity generator. M13-KIT. Basic Sequential Circuits PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Bistables: 1.- Bistables. 2.- Bistable S-R using NAND gates. 3.- Practical performance. 4.- Study of error in the Bistables. Shift registers: 5.- Shift registers. 6.- Study of faults of the Shift registers. Counters: 7.- Practice of the Counters. 8.- Study of faults of the Counters. Synchronised sequential circuits: M14-KIT. Optoelectronics 9.- Practice of the Synchronised. 10.- Study of errors of the Synchronised sequential circuits. Memories: 11.- Exercises PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Light transmitters and liquid crystal display (LCD): 1.- Light transmitters. 2.- Bar graph. 3.- LCD display and 7-segment display. 4.- Fault Study in light transmitters and liquid crystal display. Photo-conducting cells: 5.- Light dependent resistors. 6.- Alarm. 7.- Fault study on the photo-conducting cell. Fibre optics: 8.- Fibre optics practice. M16-KIT. Electric Networks 9.- Fault study using fibre optics. Infrared: 10.- Circuit with infrared diodes. 11.- Fault study of the infrared diodes. PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Ohm’s law: 1.- Calculation of the internal resistance of a continuous source. 2.- Error study in an internal resistance. 3.- Internal resistance calculation of an alternating source. Electrical power: 4.- Power transferred by a DC source to load. 5.- Power transferred to a load by an AC source. Power supplies combination: 6.- DC+DC assembly. 7.- Error study in the circuit, DC assembly. 8.- DC+AC assembly. Thévenin’s and Norton’s theorems: 9.- Thévenin and Norton equivalent circuits. Conversion. Kirchoff’s laws. Superposition theorem: 10.- Application of the Superposition theorem. 11.- Error study in the Superposition circuit. Component values modifications. Star-triangle transformation: 12.- Resistance measurement between terminals. Delta| Y configurations. Wheatstone bridge: 13.- Calibration of a Wheatstone bridge fed by a DC source. 14.- Error study in the Wheatstone bridge circuit. 15.- Wheatstone bridge calibration fed by an AC source. Software 3 CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System: With no physical connection between the kit and the computer, this complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student/Kit Software (M../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study. + Kit Instructor Software Student/Module Software With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them: - Organize Students by Classes and Groups. - Create easily new entries or delete them. - Create data bases with student information. - Analyze results and make statistical comparisons. - Print reports. - Develop own examinations. - Detect student’s progress and difficulties. ...and many other facilities. The Instructor Software is the same for all the kits, and working in network configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom. M../SOF Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Kit Software). It explains how to use the kit, run the experiments and what to do at any moment. Each Kit has its own Student Software package. - The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows. - Each Software Package contains: Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of the studied subject. Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has been understood. Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, showing how to complete the exercises and practices. Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge. - M1/SOF - M2/SOF - M3/SOF - M4/SOF - M5/SOF Direct Current Circuits (D.C.). Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.). Semiconductors l Semiconductors II. Power Supplies. Available Student Software Packages: - M6/SOF Oscillators. - M7/SOF Operational Amplifiers. - M8/SOF Filters. - M9/SOF Power Electronics. - M10/SOF Digital Systems and Converters. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 16 - M11/SOF - M12/SOF - M13/SOF - M14/SOF - M16/SOF Digital Electronics Fundamentals. Basic Combinational Circuits. Basic Sequential Circuits. Optoelectronics. Electric Networks. M-KITS. Basic Electronics and Electricity Assembly Kits: (continuation) Software (continuation) 4 CAL. Computer Aided Learning Software (Results Calculation and Analysis) This Computer Aided Learning Software (CAL) is a Windows based software, simple and very easy to use specifically developed by EDIBON. It has been designed to cover different areas of science: Basic Electronics, Communications, Basic Electricity, Mechanics, Basic Fluid Mechanics and General Fluid Mechanics. On the Basic Electronics Area, it can be used with the M1 to M17 modules and with M1-KIT to M16-KIT Assembly Kits. These modules/Kits cover every subject in Basic Electricity and Electronics, both analog and digital. CAL is a class assistant that helps in making the necessary calculations to extract the right conclusions from data obtained during the experimental practices. With a single click, CAL computes the value of all the variables involved. Also, CAL gives the option of plotting and printing the results. Once the Area of study is selected, the right module can be chosen among a wide range, each one with its own set of lab. exercises. Simply insert the experimental data, with a single click CAL will perform the calculations. Among the given choices, an additional help button can be found, which offers a wide range of information, such as constant values, unit conversion factors and integral and derivative tables: Between the plotting options, any variable can be represented against any other. And there exist a great range of different plotting displays. Data Acquisition 1 2 Connection points 4 Cables to interface EDAS/VIS. EDIBON Data Acquisition System/Virtual Instrumentation System Data acquisition and virtual instrumentation software 3 “n” Module (electronic board) Data acquisition interface box Cable to computer Data acquisition board 5 Student post EDAS/VIS is the perfect link between the electronic Modules or Kits and the PC. With the EDAS/VIS system, information from the module/kit is sent to the computer. There, it can be analyzed and represented. We easily connect the Data Acquisition Interface Box (DAIB) to the Modules/Kits with the supplied cables (connection points are placed in the modules). Like any other hardware, the DAIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software (specific for every module/Kit), the student can get the results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them. This EDAS/VIS System includes DAIB + DAB + EDAS/VIS-SOF: 5.1)Hardware: 5.1.1)DAIB. Data Acquisition Interface Box: Steel box. Dimensions: 310 x 220 x 145 mm. approx. Front panel: 16 Analog inputs. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital inputs/outputs, configurable as inputs or outputs. Digital signal simulator. Analog signal simulator. Inside: Internal power supply of 12 and 5 V. Potentiometer. Back panel:Power supply connector. SCSI connector (for connecting with the data acquisition board). Connecting cables. 5.1.2) DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot. For EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version: Analog inputs: 16. Sampling rate up to: 1,250,000 S/s. Analog outputs: 2. Digital Input/Output: 24 inputs/outputs. For EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version: This is a similar version to the 1.25, with t h e only difference that for this one, the sampling rate to 250,000 S/s . DAIB DAB 5.2) EDAS/VIS-SOF. Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation Software: It works as: -Digital oscilloscope. -Multimeter. -Function generator. -Spectrum analyzer. -Transient recorder. -Logic analyzer Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different inputs and outputs. It stores acquired data in a file (16 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 24 digital inputs/outputs at the same time) for further analysis. Print screens and reports of the signals at any time. Quick capture in a period of time and posterior representation. Two signal generators, independent for sinusoidal, triangular, saw and square. Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen. Sampling velocity 1,250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 1.25 Version. Sampling velocity 250,000 samples per second for EDAS/VIS 0.25 Version. Measurement, analysis, visualization, representation and report of results. All 16 input channels could be scaled to compare signal with different voltage levels. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/electronickits/M-KITS.pdf Page 17 www.edibon.com 2.- Electronics 2.2-Basic Electronics Kits (continuation) 2.1Electronics issue:01/11 ENERGY: ADVANCED POWER PLANT SIMULATOR. ADVANCED MODULE Ref: 0522 1 / 2 ITEM REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. APS12 ADVANCED ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM AND POWER PLANTS SIMULATOR(GENERATION, TRANSFORMATION, TRANSPORT, DISTRIBUTION AND CONSUMPTION), FORMED BY: 1 1 H2 HUB II - POWER PLANT ENERGY SYSTEM (ONE POWER PLANT SYSTEM SIMULATION SOFTWARE REQUIRED) WITH PROPER SCADA II 1 2 ' 1 PPE/CC PPE/NU PPE/FD PPE/FF PPE/GA PPE/HY PPE/WP PPE/FV PPE/HE PPE/BM PPE/FC PPE/GT AVAILABLE POWER PLANT ENERGY SYSTEMS SIMULATION SOFTWARES, FOR WORKING WITH HUB II (H2): COMBINED CYCLE POWER PLANT. NUCLEAR POWER PLANT DIESEL FUEL POWER PLANT. FOSSIL FUEL (COALS) POWER PLANT. GAS POWER PLANT HYDROELECTRIC POWER PLANT. WIND POWERED POWER PLANT. PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER PLANT. HELIOTHERMIC POWER PLANT BIOMASS POWER PLANT. FUEL CELLS POWER PLANT. GEOTHERMAL POWER PLANT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 0522PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 13 0522PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 14 0522IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 15 0522CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 16 0522TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 17 0522MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0522 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.2- Energy Power Plants PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) PSS12: Complete Configuration (14 Units). 1AG1. Generator Unit 3AT3. Power Transformer 4AL4. Substation and Lines Cubicle 5AC5. Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle 8BCE1. Electric Control Desk 6BEN1. Electric Control Board 1 (Energy Generation) 7BEL1. Electric Control Board 2 (Transformation and Lines) 5.- Energy Basic Configuration = Mini PSS12. Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption (7 Units). 2AG2. Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle 9BPR2. Electric Control Board 3 (Spare) 11CEP1. Energy Control Desk with SCADA System included 10CVW1.Videowall 12DAD1./13DAD2./14DAD3. Control Boards (slides) More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf Page 75 www.edibon.com 5.2- Energy Power Plants (continuation) PSS12. Complete Power Plant Simulator: Generation, Transformation, Transport, Distribution and Consumption. (SCADA control system included) (continuation) SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY SOME PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES General Possibilities Example for Hydroelectric Power Plant: Experiments for Simulator Knowledge: EXPERIMENTS FOR SIMULATOR KNOWLEDGE (ESK) ESK 1. Simulated Hydroelectric Power Station. 1) Specific study of Simulator behaviour. 1.1. General description. 1.2. Layout. ! The selection of one type of Power Plant or another one will make the 1.3. Main wiring diagram. system to behave according to a specific simulation. 1.4. One-line electrical schema. ! The Simulator carries out a complex mathematical modelling that will 1.5. Mosaic type structure diagrams. allow studying the real behaviour of the Power Plant during the primary 1.6. Unit Steady States (USS). energy conversion. 1.7. Procedures for Unit Starting (PUS) and Shut Down (PUD). ! All Power Plant parameters can be edited allowing to modify and 1.8. Electrical and Hydraulics conditions for USS ,PUS and PUD. 1.9. Operation modes. adequate to specific Power Plants cases. For example, in the Hydroelectric ESK 2-6. Overall presentation of simulation models: type: rain amount, affluents, pipes, bumpy textures, etc. ESK 2. Model of the Energy Conversion in a Hydroelectric Power Station. ESK 3. Model of Generation Unit and Auxiliary Services. 2) Power Plant Control. All procedures. ESK 4. Model of Main Transformer, Substation and Interconnection Lines. ! Each different starting, operation and stop procedures belongs to each ESK 5. Model of Loads and Network Equivalent. specific Power Plant. ESK 6. Model of Control Room. ! During the process there will appear some images of real Power Plants ESK 7-22. Operation instructions for the different parts of the Equipment: ESK 7. Operations from Hydraulic Control Boards. while an animated simulation will show how our Power Plant works. ESK 8-10. Operations from Hydraulic Control Desk: ! It shows the real procedures that happens in a real Power Plant. ESK 8. Software operations on Hydraulic Control Desk: -Circuit Breaker Faults 3) Possibility to use different types of Power Plants at the same time. -Alarms ! Apart from the particular study of each type of Power Plant and the -………. ESK 9. Operation of Generator Excitation System from Hydraulic Control Desk. operation (generation) synchronized with the national electrical network, ESK 10. Operation of Power Electronic Converter from Hydraulic Control Desk. the simulator allows an interconnection between different types of Power ESK 11-12. Operations from Electric Control Boards: Plants. This will allow a real Network Simulation, studying the figure of ESK 11. Operations of the protective relays. system operator and regulating the combined operation of the different ESK 12. Other operations on the Electric Control Boards. Power Plants types. ESK 13-14. Operations from Electric Control Desk: ESK 13. Control and signalling of switchgear, taking into account interlockings. ESK 14. Generator frequency and voltage adjustments. Main Target ESK 15. Generator Unit. ESK 16-17. Operations on Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle: ! The main target of this Simulator is to train technical students, workers and ESK 16. Measurements of generator and auxiliary services quantities. even teachers, in how the Energy can be generated, transformed, transported, ESK 17.Location and type of fault selection for Synchronous generator protection distributed and how it can be consumed. system. ! Additionally PSS12 allows to simulate all the procedures carried out in real ESK 18. Power transformer. power plant to star up the generation plant, to run it and to connect it to the ESK 19-20. Operations on Substation and Lines Cubicle National grid (Electrical Network), etc. ESK 19. Adjustment of lines 1 and 2 lengths. ESK 20. Location and fault type selection on lines 1 and 2. ESK 21-22. Operations from Loads and Network Equivalents Cubicle ESK 21. Type and level of load selection. Structure of the Complete Simulator ESK 22. Network equivalents selection. ESK 23. Videowall. The Complete Simulator is formed by two main parts, the first part (a) with 14 Experiments for Operational Simulation: Units and the second one (b) the Simulation with Generation System Software Unit starting and shutdown procedures (EOS 1-17) EOS 1-14. Starting procedures. (Hybrid System). Starting unit to running in island- PUS 12 EOS 1. Manual starting. a) Small Scale Electric Power System: EOS 2. Guide-operator and automatic starting. This Small Scale Electric Power System consists of 14 different units (1AG1 Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1- PUS 13. Generator Unit, 2AG2 Generator and Auxiliary Services Cubicle, 3AT3 EOS 3. Manual starting. Power Transformer, 4AL4 Substation and Lines Cubicle, 5AC5 Loads and EOS 4. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.2 Network Equivalents Cubicle, 6BEN1 Electric Control Board 1 (energy EOS 5. Manual starting. generation), 7BEL1 Electric Control Board 2 (transformation and lines), EOS 6. Guide-operator and automatic starting. 8BCE1 Electric Control Board 3 (spare), 9BPR2 Electric Control Desk, Starting unit to running connected to network through Line 1-PUS 13.3 10CVW1 Videowall, 11CEP1 Energy Control Desk, 12DAD1-13DAD2EOS 7. Manual starting. 14DAD3 Control Boards (slides)). EOS 8. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 1- PUS 14.1 This Complete Simulator is built with the same devices as those used in the EOS 9. Manual starting. EOS 10. Guide-operator and automatic starting. real Power Plants. Therefore the system reproduces at small scale the Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Line 2- PUS 14.2 functioning of a real Power System. EOS 11. Manual starting. EOS 12. Guide-operator and automatic starting. Not only the steps for starting a Power Plant, but many faults can be Starting unit to running feeding isolated loads through Lines 1 and 2- PUS 14.3 simulated. EOS 13. Manual starting. EOS 14. Guide-operator and automatic starting. EOS 15-17. Shutdown procedures b) Software Packages: Normal shutdown PUD-N 8 Software Packages, which allow to simulate 8 different Electric Power EOS 15. Manual shutdown. Plants, as follow: EOS 16. Guide-operator and automatic shutdown. ! Nuclear Power Station (ref. CN). Emergency shutdown PUD-E ! Diesel Thermal Station (ref. CTD). EOS 17. Emergency shutdown ! Fossil Fuel Thermal Station (ref. CTCF). Unit operating in normal regime (EOS 18- 58) EOS 18-29. Unit feeding isolated loads with automatic frequency control and voltage ! Combined Cycle Thermal Station (ref. CTCC). adjustment at remote substation busbars. ! Hydroelectric Station (ref. CHD). Through Line 1 (USS 4.1) ! Wind-powered Station (ref. CE). EOS 18. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure resistive loads. ! Photovoltaic Solar Station (ref. CSFV). EOS 19. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure inductive loads. ! Heliothermic Solar Station (ref. CHST). EOS 20. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 21. Determine voltage drop through line 1 with different mixed loads. Through Line 2 (USS 4.2) H and anyone requested by the customer. EOS 22. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure resistive loads. EOS 23. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure inductive loads. This is an Hybrid System as combines hardware and software using the proper EOS 24. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different pure capacitive loads. mathematics models. EOS 25. Determine voltage drop through line 2 with different mixed loads. Through Lines 1 and 2 (USS 4.3) The final configuration of the Complete Simulator will be formed by: EOS 26.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure resistive 1) One small scale Electric Power System. loads. 2) At least, one of the eight Software Packages mentioned above. The EOS 27.Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure inductive customer will decide which (any or all of them) of the software packages loads. wants to buy. EOS 28. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different pure capacitive loads. EOS 29. Determine voltage drop through lines 1 and 2 with different mixed loads. c) SCADA System. This unit uses a control and acquisition system (SCADA) EOS 30-33. Unit feeding isolated loads through Line 2 (USS 4.2) with automatic frequency in both versions MINI PSS12 and PSS12. control and voltage adjustment at substation bars. EOS 30. Determine voltage drop through main transformer with different pure resistive loads. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ ...Etc. (See PSS12 catalogue) units/energy/energypowerplants/PSS12.pdf 5.- Energy Differences between Simulators of the different Power Plants: Page 76 issue:01/11 MAIN ADVANCED RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0531/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EESTC EESTC.Unit EESTC/CIB DAB EESTC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT,COMPUTER CONTROLLED. FORMED BY: THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION +DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EESTC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 EESTC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT,COMPUTER CONTROLLED 20 4 EESFC PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT, COMPUTER CONTROLLED. FORMED BY: PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT STANDARD PCI DATA ACQUISITION BOARD FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT 1 EESFC.Unit EESFC/CIB EESFC-DAS EESFC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EESFC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 EESFC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT, COMPUTER CONTROLLED 20 7 EEEC WIND ENERGY UNIT, COMPUTER CONTROLLED. FORMED BY: WIND ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR WIND ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY UNIT 1 EEEC.Unit EEEC/CIB DAB EEEC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 EEEC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 EEEC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY UNIT, COMPUTER CONTROLLED 20 10 EE-KIT KIT OF CONVERSION AND CONSUMPTION SIMULATION (AC) 2 11 EE-KIT2 GRID CONNECTION INVERTER KIT 2 12 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 13 0531PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 Ref: 0531/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 14 0531PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 15 0531IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 16 0531CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 17 0531TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 18 0531MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Alternative Energies EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 1 Unit: EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Unit PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EESTC Unit: The unit is a system that transforms solar energy into calorific energy. This unit uses the thermosiphon system to heat water or the traditional pumping system. In both cases,the absorbed calorific energy is given by the solar radiation simulated, in our case, by a panel with powerful luminous sources. Panels and main metallic elements in stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel. Solar panel (Thermal solar collector): Steel structure. Piped (already prepared) to connect the panel and the accumulator. Closed expansion vessel. Over pressure security valve. Two manometers. Temperature sensors. Thermal accumulator tank: Vacuum vitrified heater, high efficiency heating and anticorrosion protections. It has a supporting heating group, with a regulation electric resistor. Contact thermostat to control temperature. Solar simulator: Aluminum structure regulated in height. Sixteen ultraviolet lamps of 300 W each one. Electricity security group, made up by 3 magnetothermic. Feed wire. Pumping equipment: Impulse pump. 3 Flowmeters. 10 Temperature sensors. 2 Flow sensors. EESTC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to:250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EESTC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200x1200x2005 mm. Weight: 300 Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 2 1 .- Study of how the thermosiphon works. 2 .- Study of the lamp illumination profile. 3 .- Study of the solar collector efficiency. 4 .- Free circulation: Inclination angle influence on the equipment efficiency. 5 .- Relationship between the flow and the temperature. 6 .- Energy balance of the solar collector. 7 .- Energy balance in the accumulator tank. 8 .- Experimental efficiency determination. 9 .- Influence of the incidence angle over the temperature. Other possible practices: 10.-Sensors calibration. 11.-Flowmeter calibration. 12-30.- Practices with PLC. 5.- Energy 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EESTC.pdf EESFC. Computer Controlled Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 3 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: EESFC. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EESFC Unit: Anodized aluminium structure, galvanized steel and stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. 2 Photovoltaic polycrystalline panels. Solar simulator: structure adjustable in height, 16 ultraviolet lamps of 300 W each one, kit of electric security, made up of 3 thermomagnetic switches, power cable. Sensors: temperature sensors, instantaneous current sensors, instantaneous voltage sensors, instantaneous power sensors, Rms current sensors, Rms voltage sensors, Rms power sensors. Load regulator, with LED indicator of state and with protection diodes. Adjustable load. OPTIONAL (not included in the standard supply): EESFC-KIT. Kit of charge, conversion and consumption simulation: Energy accumulation and voltages conversion: 2 Batteries, 35 A./hour. Inverter, 150W. Different loads: fluorescent lamps. Incandescent lamps. DC Motor, 12V. AC Motor, 220V. 2 EESFC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s . 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EESFC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second guaranteed. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200x1200x2005 mm. Weight: 300 Kg. Control Interface: 490x330x310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/ alternativeenergies/EESFC.pdf Non computer controlled version available. Page 77 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Lamps illumination profile study. 2.- Efficiency experimental determination. 3.- Influence of the angle of incidence on the temperature. 4.- Determination of the material that makes up the solar cell. 5.- Determination of the p and n side of a solar cell. 6.- Determination of the first quadrant of the I-V curve, without illumination of the solar cell. 7.- Determination of the inverse current or the saturation current with regard to a solar cell without illumination. 8.- Determination of the resistance in series and in parallel of a solar cell without illumination. 9.- Dependence of the voltage of open circuit ( Voc ) with the lumens. 10.- D e t e r m i n a t i o n t h e characteristic parameters of a solar cell with illumination. 11.- Relation of the maximum power with the power input. 12.- D e t e r m i n a t e o f t h e parameters that define the quality of a solar cell. 13.- Solar cell measurement. 14.- Measurement of the solar panel voltage in the vacuum. 15.- Determination of the cells disposition in a solar panel. 16.- M e a s u r e m e n t o f t h e maximum power for a solar panel with load. 17.- Measurement of the solar panel voltage in the vacuum with constant illumination and different temperature. 18.- Study of V,I,W according to different loads. 19.- Familiarization with the regulator parameters. Other possible practices: 20.- Sensors calibration. Practices to be done with the OPTIONAL KIT “EESFC-KIT”: 21.- Connection of loads to direct voltage. 22.- Connection of loads to alternating voltage of 220 V. 23-41.-Practices with PLC. www.edibon.com 5.3- Alternative Energies (continuation) MINI-EESF. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer "MINI-EESF", is a laboratory scaled unit designed to study all the parameters governing the Solar radiation direct conversion into electricity. The trainer is based on a panel or framework in which some application modules can be installed, and on photovoltaic solar panels that can be assembled in mobile structures. Supply to the public network or an alternating consumption. Photovoltaic module: 1.- Determination of the constituent material of the solar cell. 2.- Determination of the I-V first quadrant curve without illuminating the solar cell. 3.- Determination of the inverse (or saturation) current of the cell without illumination. Solar panel mounted on an anodized aluminum structure with wheels for mobility, and with calibrated cell to measure the solar irradiation. It consists of 36 high performance single-cristal silicon photovoltaic 4.- Determination of parallel and series resistance of a solar cell without illumination. cells (35x55 mm), with a typical power of 50Wp for a 17Vdc voltage. 5.- Dependency of the open circuit Both the protections and the used materials give it water proof voltage (Voc) with lumens (luminous properties, abrasion protection, hail impact protection and several other adverse environmental factors protection. Technical data: flux). 6.- Determination of the parameters that describe the quality of a solar Maximum nominal power: 66W. Voltage on Pmax point (Vmp): cell. 17.8 V. Intensity on Pmax point (Imp): 3.70 A. Short-circuit current 7.- Measurement of the solar energy. (Isc): 4.05 A. Open circuit voltage (Voc): 22.25 V. 8.- Measurement of the solar panel Dimensions: (length x width x thickness) 780 x 660 x 35.5 mm. Weight: 3 Kg. approx. Anodized aluminum practices framework. Battery offering optimal performance with low power applications. Capacity: 32Ah with 96 Wh per day. Set of interconnection cables. Solar energy calculations voltage in vacuum. 9.- Determination of the disposition of cells in a solar panel. 10.- Familiarisation with the regulator parameters. software (CD-ROM). 11.- Loads connection to a 12 Volts DC. ES10. 12.- Loads connection to a 220 Volts Electronic regulation module (charge regulator), including a LCD screen. Charge regulator admits 12-24V voltage. Its reading allows to know the charging state of the battery, 5.- Energy PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES as well as the panel charging current. Moreover, the regulator has an add-on security: protection against polarity inversion and short-circuit, through electronic protection against overload, fuse-protected and extremely low electromagnetic waves emission. ES20. Loads module. Incorporating two 12 V, 50W lamps, with independent switches. ES30. Converter module from DC to AC. The so called DC/AC converter is an inverter for DC to AC conversion. The output voltage is a semi-sinusoidal 220 V, 50 Hz or 110 V, 60 Hz. The output power is 150 W for direct power and a maximum power of 300 W, having a 12 Vdc supply. ES40. AC Voltage measurements module until 250V. and DC ES50. Loads module. Including two lamps of 220V. or 110V., 50 ES60. Network inverter module. It receives 24 V and supplies sine until 30 V. W., with independent switches. wave alternating voltage of 220 V that is synchronised in phase with the energy of the public network. It supplies until 100 W power. ES60/PC. Network inverter module, which can be controlled by computer (PC), through RS-232 port. ES70. Wattmeter module of alternating current until 750 W. ES80. Module for measurements of solar irradiation (W/m2 ) and measurements of current until 10 A. ES90. Module for 12 V. battery control. (A maximum of two batteries can be incorporated in the module). Cables and Accessories for normal operation. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Other versions available: MINI-EESF/M. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer. MINI-EESF/B. Photovoltaic Solar Energy Modular Trainer. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/ en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/MINI-EESF.pdf Page 78 AC. 5.3- Alternative Energies (continuation) EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Unit Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL Unit: EEEC. Wind Energy Unit SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard EEEC Unit: This Unit is a laboratory-scale unit designed to study the eolic energy and the influence of some factors on this generation. Anodized aluminium structure. Main metallic elements in stainless steel. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Stainless steel tunnel of 2200 x 700 x 700 mm approx., which includes a window of 1100 x 200 mm approx. Aerogenerator of 6 blades, power: 60 W, aerogenerator diameter: 510mm. Axial fan with speed variation for the wind simulation, computer controlled. Sensors: Temperature (“J” type) sensor. Air speed sensor: turbulence air speed (instantaneous)and mean speed. Speed sensor (aerogenerator). Voltage, current and power sensors: instantaneous current, voltage and power. Rms current, voltage and power. Load regulator. Loads module: variable load and fixed load. OPTIONAL (not included in the standard supply): EEEC-KIT. Kit of charge, conversion and consumption simulation: Energy accumulation and voltages conversion: 2 Batteries, 35 A./hour. Inverter,150W. Different loads: Fluorescent lamps. Incandescent lamps. DC Motor, 12V. AC Motor, 220V. 2 EEEC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. 3 DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. 4 EEEC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. 5 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 6 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 2200 x 700 x 700 mm. Weight:100Kg. Control Interface: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 10 Kg. 1 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Study of the aerogenerator operation in function of the wind speed variation. 2.- Angle of incidence variation. 3.- Load variation influence on the aerogenerator. 4.- Study of the voltage, power and current. 5.- Study of V, I, W in function of different loads. 6.- E f f i c i e n c y e x p e r i m e n t a l determination. 7.- Wind energy measurement. 8.- Familiarization with the regulator parameters. 9.- Study of the power generated by he aerogenerator depending on the wind speed. 10.- Study of the power generated by the aerogenerator depending on the air incident angle. 11.- Sensors calibration. Practices to be made with the OPTIONAL KIT “EEEC-KIT”: 12.- Loads connection to direct voltage. 13.- Loads connection to alternating voltage 220V. 14-32.-Practices with PLC. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EEEC.pdf BPPC. Computer Controlled Teaching and Researching Biodiesel Pilot Plant Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 6 Manuals OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL 1 Unit: BPPC. Teaching and Researching Biodiesel Pilot Plant SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY 1 2 3 4 5 6 PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES Items supplied as standard BPPC. Unit: Anodized aluminium structure. Panels an main metallic elements in stainless steel .Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit. Alcohol tank. Oil/fat tank. Pre-heater of alcohol. Reflux condenser. Total condenser. Biodiesel reactor. Cooler. Recovered alcohol tank. Product tank: Glycerin. Product tank: Biodiesel. Temperature sensors. Flow sensors. PBBC/CIB. Control Interface Box : With process diagram in the front panel. The unit control elements are permanently computer controlled. Simultaneous visualization in the computer of all parameters involved in the process. Calibration of all sensors involved in the process. Real time curves representation. All the actuators’ values can be changed at any time from the keyboard. Shield and filtered signals to avoid external interferences. Real time PID control with flexibility of modifications from the computer keyboard of the PID parameters, at any moment during the process. Open control allowing modifications, at any time and in a real time, of parameters involved in the process. 3 safety levels: mechanical in the unit, electronic in control interface, and the third one in the control software. DAB. Data Acquisition Board: PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs. PBBC/CCSOF. Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second guaranteed. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/energy/alternativeenergies/EBDC.pdf Non computer controlled version available. Page 79 www.edibon.com 5.- Energy 1 issue:01/11 PLC´s MODULE Ref: 0531/PLC ITEM 1 / 1 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI EESTC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR THERMAL SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT 1 1 2 PLC-PI EESFC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR ENERGY EQUIPMENT 1 1 3 PLC-PI EEEC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR WIND ENERGY UNIT 1 1 4 0531PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 5 0531PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 6 0531IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 7 0531CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 8 0531TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 9 0531MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: issue:01/11 FUEL CELLS. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (10 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0532/10S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EC5C EC5C.Unit EC5C/CIB DAB EC5C/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL UNIT, FORMED BY: PEM FUEL CELL UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX PEM FUEL CELL UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL CELL UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EC5C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL CELL (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 10 3 EC5C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL UNIT 10 4 EC6C COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT, FORMED BY: PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL ADVANCED CELL UNIT 1 EC6C.Unit EC6C/CIB DAB EC6C/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EC6C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL ADVANCED CELL (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 10 6 EC6C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT 10 7 EA5C COMPUTER CONTROLLED ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT, FORMED BY: ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT 1 EA5C.Unit EA5C/CIB DAB EA5C/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 EA5C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 10 9 EA5C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT 10 10 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 11 0532PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 12 0532PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 13 0532IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 14 0532CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 15 0532TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 Ref: 0532/10S ITEM 16 2 / 2 REFERENCE 0532MANU DESCRIPTION DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS QTY. 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 10 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 20 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Solar Thermal EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy Unit MINI-EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy N EW Basic Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) CONTROL 1 Unit: MINI-EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Basic Unit 1 (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Unit 5.- Energy ET5C. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy NEW Concentrator Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: ET5C. Thermal Solar Energy Concentrator Unit Wind EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Unit MINI-EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Basic Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 3 4 Data Acquisition Board Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories CONTROL 6 Manuals (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 CONTROL 1 Unit: MINI-EEEC. Wind Energy Basic Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EEEC. Wind Energy Unit Fuel Cells EC5C. Computer Controlled PEM Fuel Cell Unit (22 Watt) NE W EC6C. Computer Controlled PEM Fuel Cell Advanced Unit (1.5 kW) SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 2 Unit: EC5C. PEM Fuel Cell Unit (22 Watt) 4 Control Interface Box CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 3 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 NE W CONTROL 1 Unit: EC6C. PEM Fuel Cell Advanced Unit (1.5 kW) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) NE W EA5C. Computer Controlled Alkaline Fuel Cell Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 Unit: EA5C. Alkaline Fuel Cell Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 29 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 FUEL CELLS. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0532/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EC5C EC5C.Unit EC5C/CIB DAB EC5C/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL UNIT, FORMED BY: PEM FUEL CELL UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX PEM FUEL CELL UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL CELL UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EC5C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL CELL (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 EC5C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL UNIT 20 4 EC6C COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT, FORMED BY: PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL ADVANCED CELL UNIT 1 EC6C.Unit EC6C/CIB DAB EC6C/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EC6C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR PEM FUEL ADVANCED CELL (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 EC6C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED PEM FUEL CELL ADVANCED UNIT 20 7 EA5C COMPUTER CONTROLLED ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT, FORMED BY: ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT 1 EA5C.Unit EA5C/CIB DAB EA5C/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 EA5C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 EA5C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED ALKALINE FUEL CELL UNIT 20 10 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 11 0532PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 12 0532PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 13 0532IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP 1 14 0532CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 15 0532TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 Ref: 0532/20S ITEM 16 2 / 2 REFERENCE 0532MANU DESCRIPTION DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS QTY. 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Solar Thermal EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy Unit MINI-EESTC. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy N EW Basic Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) CONTROL 1 Unit: MINI-EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Basic Unit 1 (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EESTC. Thermal Solar Energy Unit 5.- Energy ET5C. Computer Controlled Thermal Solar Energy NEW Concentrator Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: ET5C. Thermal Solar Energy Concentrator Unit Wind EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Unit MINI-EEEC. Computer Controlled Wind Energy Basic Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 3 4 Data Acquisition Board Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories CONTROL 6 Manuals (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 CONTROL 1 Unit: MINI-EEEC. Wind Energy Basic Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EEEC. Wind Energy Unit Fuel Cells EC5C. Computer Controlled PEM Fuel Cell Unit (22 Watt) NE W EC6C. Computer Controlled PEM Fuel Cell Advanced Unit (1.5 kW) SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 2 Unit: EC5C. PEM Fuel Cell Unit (22 Watt) 4 Control Interface Box CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 3 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 NE W CONTROL 1 Unit: EC6C. PEM Fuel Cell Advanced Unit (1.5 kW) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) NE W EA5C. Computer Controlled Alkaline Fuel Cell Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 Unit: EA5C. Alkaline Fuel Cell Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 29 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 BIO. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0533/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EBDC EBDC.Unit EBDC/CIB DAB EBDC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT, FORMED BY: BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EBDC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT 20 3 EBDC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT 20 4 EBEC COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT, FORMED BY: BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT 1 EBEC.Unit EBEC/CIB DAB EBEC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EBEC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 EBEC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT 20 7 EBGC COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT, FORMED BY: BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT 1 EBGC.Unit EBGC/CIB DAB EBGC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 EBGC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 EBGC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT 20 EBMC COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT, FORMED BY: BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT 1 10 EBMC.Unit EBMC/CIB DAB EBMC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 Ref: 0533/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 11 EBMC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 12 EBMC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT 20 13 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 14 0533PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 15 0533PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 16 0533IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 17 0533CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 18 0533TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 19 0533MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Bio EBDC. Computer Controlled Biodiesel Process Unit EBEC. Computer Controlled Bioethanol Process Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 5.- Energy 1 Unit: EBEC. Bioethanol Process Unit Unit: EBDC. Biodiesel Process Unit NE W EBGC. Computer Controlled Biogas Process Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management PID CONTROL PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 1 NE W EBMC. Computer Controlled Biomass Process Unit Unit: EBMC. Biomass Process Unit Unit: EBGC. Biogas Process Unit Sea EOMC. Computer Controlled Waves Energy Unit EMMC. Computer Controlled Tidal Energy Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals CONTROL 1 (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: EMMC. Tidal Energy Unit 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EOMC. Waves Energy Unit ECMC. Computer Controlled Submarine Currents Energy NE Unit W ETMC. Computer Controlled Ocean Thermal Energy Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 1 NE W 3 Data Acquisition Board 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 1 CONTROL Unit: ECMC. Submarine Currents Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Non computer controlled version available too. www.edibon.com Unit: ETMC. Ocean Thermal Energy Unit 3 Data Acquisition Board Page 30 issue:01/11 PLC´s MODULE Ref: 0533/PLC ITEM REFERENCE 1 / 2 DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI EBDC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR BIODIESEL PROCESS UNIT 1 1 2 PLC-PI EBEC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR BIOETHANOL PROCESS UNIT 1 1 3 PLC-PI EBGC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR BIOGAS PROCESS UNIT 1 1 4 PLC-PI EBMC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR BIOMASS PROCESS UNIT 1 1 5 0533PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 6 0533PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 7 0533IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 8 0533CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 9 0533TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 0533MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 10 Ref: 0533/PLC 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: issue:01/11 SEA. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0534/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EOMC EOMC.Unit EOMC/CIB DAB EOMC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROL WAVES ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: WAVES ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR WAVES ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR WAVES ENERGY UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EOMC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR WAVES ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 EOMC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROL WAVES ENERGY UNIT 20 4 EMMC COMPUTER CONTROLLED TIDAL ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: TIDAL ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX TIDAL ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE TIDAL ENERGY UNIT 1 EMMC.Unit EMMC/CIB DAB EMMC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EMMC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR TIDAL ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 EMMC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED TIDAL ENERGY UNIT 20 7 ECMC COMPUTER CONTROLLED SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY UNIT 1 ECMC.Unit ECMC/CIB DAB ECMC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 ECMC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 ECMC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED SUBMARINE CURRENTS ENERGY UNIT 20 ETMC COMPUTER CONTROL OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD 1 10 ETMC.Unit ETMC/CIB ETMC/CCSOF DAB 11 ETMC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 1 1 1 1 20 Ref: 0534/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 12 ETMC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROL OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY UNIT 20 13 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 14 0534PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 15 0534PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 16 0534IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 17 0534CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 18 0534TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 19 0534MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Bio EBDC. Computer Controlled Biodiesel Process Unit EBEC. Computer Controlled Bioethanol Process Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 4 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 5.- Energy 1 Unit: EBEC. Bioethanol Process Unit Unit: EBDC. Biodiesel Process Unit NE W EBGC. Computer Controlled Biogas Process Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management PID CONTROL PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 1 NE W EBMC. Computer Controlled Biomass Process Unit Unit: EBMC. Biomass Process Unit Unit: EBGC. Biogas Process Unit Sea EOMC. Computer Controlled Waves Energy Unit EMMC. Computer Controlled Tidal Energy Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 3 Data Acquisition Board SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals CONTROL 1 (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: EMMC. Tidal Energy Unit 3 Data Acquisition Board 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EOMC. Waves Energy Unit ECMC. Computer Controlled Submarine Currents Energy NE Unit W ETMC. Computer Controlled Ocean Thermal Energy Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 1 NE W 3 Data Acquisition Board 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management 1 CONTROL Unit: ECMC. Submarine Currents Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Non computer controlled version available too. www.edibon.com Unit: ETMC. Ocean Thermal Energy Unit 3 Data Acquisition Board Page 30 issue:01/11 GEOTHERMAL. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0535/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EG5C EG5C.Unit EG5C/CIB DAB EG5C/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY EQUIPMENT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY EQUIPMENT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY EQUIPMENT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EG5C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 EG5C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT 20 4 EG6C COMPUTER CONTROLLED GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT, FORMED BY: GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX FOR GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT 1 EG6C.Unit EG6C/CIB DAB EG6C/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 5 EG6C/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 6 EG6C/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT 20 7 THBLLC COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR), FORMED BY: HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) CONTROL INTERFACE BOX HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) 1 THBLLC.Unit THBLLC/CIB DAB THBLLC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 8 THBLLC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 9 THBLLC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) 20 10 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 11 0535PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 Ref: 0535/20S ITEM 2 / 2 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 12 0535PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 13 0535IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 14 0535CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 15 0535TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 16 0535MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Geothermal EG5C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit EG3C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG5C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 EG1C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) NE W Energy Unit Unit: EG3C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) EG6C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (high enthalpy) NE Energy Unit W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL 6 Manuals 1 Unit: EG6C. Geothermal (high enthalpy) Energy Unit CONTROL 1 3 Data Acquisition Board 5.- Energy 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG1C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit Hidro SCE. Computer Controlled Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Data Acquisition Board 4 Cables and Accessories 5 Manuals CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: SCE. Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator Organic TORC. Computer Controlled Organic Rankine Cycle Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: TORC. Organic Rankine Cycle Unit PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Other available Units: NE W -EFTEC. Computer Controlled Turbine Electric Hub Troubleshooting Learning System -EFTNC.Computer Controlled Turbine Nacelle Troubleshooting Learning System 5.4- Relays Units www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=relaysunits&lang=en Available Unit: -ERP. Protection Relay Test (see page 25) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 31 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 PLC´s MODULE Ref: 0535/PLC ITEM 1 / 1 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI EG5C/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (LOW ENTHALPY) ENERGY EQUIPMENT 1 1 2 PLC-PI THBLLC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR HEAT PUMP UNIT (WATER CONDENSER AND WATER EVAPORATOR) 1 1 3 PLC-PI EG6C/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR GEOTHERMAL (HIGH ENTHALPY) ENERGY UNIT 1 1 4 0535PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 5 0535PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 6 0535IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 7 0535CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 8 0535TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 9 0535MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: issue:01/11 HIDRO. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0536/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE SCE SCE.Unit DAB SCE/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR, FORMED BY: GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR QTY. 1 1 1 1 2 SCE/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR GENERATING STATIONS CONTROL SIMULATOR (SYSTEMS ENGINEERING) (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 20 3 SCE/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR 20 4 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 5 0536PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 6 0536PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 7 0536IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 8 0536CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 9 0536TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 0536MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 10 Ref: 0536/20S 2 / 2 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Geothermal EG5C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit EG3C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG5C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 EG1C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) NE W Energy Unit Unit: EG3C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) EG6C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (high enthalpy) NE Energy Unit W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL 6 Manuals 1 Unit: EG6C. Geothermal (high enthalpy) Energy Unit CONTROL 1 3 Data Acquisition Board 5.- Energy 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG1C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit Hidro SCE. Computer Controlled Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Data Acquisition Board 4 Cables and Accessories 5 Manuals CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: SCE. Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator Organic TORC. Computer Controlled Organic Rankine Cycle Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: TORC. Organic Rankine Cycle Unit PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Other available Units: NE W -EFTEC. Computer Controlled Turbine Electric Hub Troubleshooting Learning System -EFTNC.Computer Controlled Turbine Nacelle Troubleshooting Learning System 5.4- Relays Units www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=relaysunits&lang=en Available Unit: -ERP. Protection Relay Test (see page 25) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 31 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 PLC's MODULE Ref: 0536/PLC ITEM 1 / 1 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI SCE/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR 1 1 2 0536PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 3 0536PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 4 0536IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 5 0536CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 6 0536TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 7 0536MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: issue:01/11 ORGANIC. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (10 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0537/10S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE TORC TORC.Unit TORC/CIB DAB TORC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT, FORMED BY: ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 TORC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT 10 3 TORC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT 10 4 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 5 0537PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 6 0537PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 7 0537IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 8 0537CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 9 0537TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 0537MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 10 Ref: 0537/10S 2 / 2 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 10 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 20 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Geothermal EG5C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit EG3C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG5C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 EG1C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) NE W Energy Unit Unit: EG3C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) EG6C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (high enthalpy) NE Energy Unit W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL 6 Manuals 1 Unit: EG6C. Geothermal (high enthalpy) Energy Unit CONTROL 1 3 Data Acquisition Board 5.- Energy 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG1C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit Hidro SCE. Computer Controlled Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Data Acquisition Board 4 Cables and Accessories 5 Manuals CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: SCE. Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator Organic TORC. Computer Controlled Organic Rankine Cycle Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: TORC. Organic Rankine Cycle Unit PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Other available Units: NE W -EFTEC. Computer Controlled Turbine Electric Hub Troubleshooting Learning System -EFTNC.Computer Controlled Turbine Nacelle Troubleshooting Learning System 5.4- Relays Units www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=relaysunits&lang=en Available Unit: -ERP. Protection Relay Test (see page 25) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 31 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 ORGANIC. RENEWABLE ENERGIES (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0537/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE TORC TORC.Unit TORC/CIB DAB TORC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT, FORMED BY: ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT CONTROL INTERFACE BOX ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 TORC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT 20 3 TORC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED ORGANIC RANKINE CYCLE UNIT 20 4 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 5 0537PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 6 0537PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 7 0537IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 8 0537CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 9 0537TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 0537MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 10 Ref: 0537/20S 2 / 2 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 5.3- Renewable (Alternative) Energies www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=alternativeenergies&lang=en Geothermal EG5C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit EG3C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) N EW Energy Unit SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG5C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box CONTROL 1 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 EG1C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (low enthalpy) NE W Energy Unit Unit: EG3C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) EG6C. Computer Controlled Geothermal (high enthalpy) NE Energy Unit W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 2 Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management Control Interface Box 5 Cables and Accessories 4 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management CONTROL 6 Manuals 1 Unit: EG6C. Geothermal (high enthalpy) Energy Unit CONTROL 1 3 Data Acquisition Board 5.- Energy 2 SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Unit: EG1C. Geothermal (low enthalpy) Energy Unit Hidro SCE. Computer Controlled Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Data Acquisition Board 4 Cables and Accessories 5 Manuals CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) 1 Unit: SCE. Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator Organic TORC. Computer Controlled Organic Rankine Cycle Unit NE W SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 4 Data Software for: Acquisition - Computer Control Board - Data Acquisition - Data Management 5 Cables and Accessories 6 Manuals Control Interface Box 1 Unit: TORC. Organic Rankine Cycle Unit PID CONTROL (Open Control + Multicontrol + Real Time Control) - From COMPUTER (standard) - From PLC (optional) Other available Units: NE W -EFTEC. Computer Controlled Turbine Electric Hub Troubleshooting Learning System -EFTNC.Computer Controlled Turbine Nacelle Troubleshooting Learning System 5.4- Relays Units www.edibon.com/products/index.php?area=energy&subarea=relaysunits&lang=en Available Unit: -ERP. Protection Relay Test (see page 25) Non computer controlled version available too. Page 31 www.edibon.com issue:01/11 TURBINE TROUBLESHOOTING (20 CAI + CAL) Ref: 0538/20S ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE EFTEC EFTEC.Unit EFTEC/CIB DAB EFTEC/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM, FORMED BY: TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM CONTROL INTERFACE BOX TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 2 EFTEC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 20 3 EFTEC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 20 4 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 5 EFTNC COMPUTER CONTROLLED TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM, FORMED BY: TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM CONTROL INTERFACE BOX TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 1 EFTNC.Unit EFTNC/CIB DAB EFTNC/CCSOF 1 1 1 1 6 EFTNC/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 20 7 EFTNC/SOF* COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR COMPUTER CONTROLLED TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 20 8 INS/SOF CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE (TEACHER'S SOFTWARE) 1 9 0538PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 10 0538PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 11 0538IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 12 0538CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 13 0538TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 14 0538MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Ref: 0538/20S 2 / 2 * Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises, Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis. Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module is for 20 students post, but we can recommend the number of units for 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions included: a) Technical conditions: - Laboratories adaptation. - Installation of all units supplied. - Starting up for all units. - Training about the exercises to be done any unit. - Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit . . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. Calibration manual. issue:01/11 PLC´s MODULE Ref: 0538/PLC ITEM 1 / 1 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 PLC-PI EFTEC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE ELECTRIC HUB TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 1 1 2 PLC-PI EFTNC/PLC-SOF PLC MODULE PLC CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR TURBINE NACELLE TROUBLESHOOTING LEARNING SYSTEM 1 1 3 0538PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 4 0538PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 5 0538IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 6 0538CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 7 0538TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 8 0538MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.2- Automatics PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units) Always included in the supply: 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit 1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units). SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLC-PI Unit: This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit). Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs. Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs. Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC Inside: Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable. Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC). 2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software: For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 30 Kg. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES 1.- Control of theparticular unit process through the control interface box without the computer. 2.- PID control. 3.- Visualization of all the sensors values used in the particular unit process. 4.- Calibration of all sensors included in the particular unit process. 5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved in the particular unit process. 6.- Realization of different experiments, in automatic way, without having in front the particular unit. (These experiments can be decided previously). 7.- Simulation of outside actions, in the cases do not exist hardware elements. (Example: test of complementary tanks, complementary i n d u s t r i a l environment to the process to be studied, etc). 8.- PLC hardware general use. 9.- PLC process application for the particular unit. 10.- PLC structure. 11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s configuration. 12.- PLC configuration possibilities. 13.- PLC program languages. 14.- PLC different programming standard languages (ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD)). 15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d development of new process. 16.- Hand on an established process. 17.- To visualize and see the results and to make comparisons with the particular unit process. 18.- Possibility of creating new process in relation with the particular unit. 19.- PLC Programming Exercises. 20.- Own PLC applications in accordance with teacher and student requirements. automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf PLCE. PLC Trainer 1 2 3 PLC Programming Software PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard PLCE. Unit: This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and, additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel. Front panel: Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass connections (GND). Touch screen. Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC). Inside: Power supply 100... 240V (AC). Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control. Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules. Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming. 2 PLC Programming Software: Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration, programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words, function blocks, inputs/outputs... Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers, file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse of programs is easy. 3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps Editor. Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx. 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/ automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf Page 85 Using the PLC Programing Software: 1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE. The programs can be written in several programming languages: Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL). Sequential function chart. (SFC). Function block diagram. (FBD). 2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable. 3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output. 4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area. 5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input. 6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that established in a variable. 7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs. 8.- How to use analog inputs. 9.- How to use analog outputs. 10.- Use of temporizers. 11.- Logic functions implementation. 12.- Application of the instructions set and reset. 13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional). 14.- Timer, counter and comparators. 15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events. 16.- Functions library. 17.- Regulation controls. PID function. 18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software: 19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen. 20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen. 21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with words). 22.- Writing on and reading from a data register. 23.- How to write a data register in a range of values. 24.- Switching from one screen to another. * Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply. Other practical possibilities: -It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element, causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what happens in the outputs. -It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs (for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the output, (for example: a pump). www.edibon.com 6.- Systems & Automatics Always included in the supply: issue:01/11 AUTOMATION AND SYSTEMS MODULE Ref: 0650 ITEM 1 1 / 2 REFERENCE SCE SCE.Unit DAB SCE/CCSOF DESCRIPTION COMPUTER CONTROLLED GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR, FORMED BY: GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR DATA ACQUISITION BOARD COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR GENERATIONS STATIONS CONTROL AND REGULATION SIMULATOR QTY. 1 1 1 1 COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR GENERATING STATIONS CONTROL SIMULATOR (SYSTEMS ENGINEERING) (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 1 SBB BALL-BEAM SYSTEM 1 SBB/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR BALLBEAM SYSTEM (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 1 CPVM POSITION CONTROL ANS "DC" MOTOR 1 CPVM/CAL COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR POSITION CONTROL AND DC MOTOR (RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS) 1 7 0650PARTS COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS 1 8 0650PA COMPLEMENTARY ITEM 1 9 0650IYPM INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP 1 10 0650CAPRO TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS 1 11 0650TD TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW" 1 12 0650MANU DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS 1 2 SCE/CAL 3 4 5 6 Ref: 0650 2 / 2 Notes: 1) Multipost option: This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously. 2)Supply conditions: a) Technical conditions included: - Laboratories adaptation. Installation of all units supplied. Starting up for all units. Training about the exercises to be done with any unit. - Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and the teaching techniques uses. - Technology transfer. b) Commercial conditions: - Packing. - Financing charges. - C.I.F. charges. c) Others conditions: - 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit: . . . . . . . Required services manual. Assembly and installation manual. Interface and software/control console manual. Set in operation manual. Safety norms manual. Practices manual. Maintenance manual. . Calibration manual. See Catalogues in next pages 6.1- Systems SCE. Computer Controlled Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator (Systems Engineering) Always included in the supply: Teaching Technique used SCADA. EDIBON Computer Control System 3 2 Software for: - Computer Control - Data Acquisition - Data Management Data Acquisition Board 4 Cables and Accessories 5 Manuals 1 Unit: SCE. Generating Stations Control and Regulation Simulator (System Engineering), including control interface OPEN CONTROL + MULTICONTROL + REAL TIME CONTROL PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Items supplied as standard SCE Unit: Unit designed to simulate the regulation behaviour of a hydroelectric generating station ,as a didactic application with different aspects of regulation, control and simulation. Anodized aluminum structure. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the of the elements in the real unit. Main metallic elements in stainless steel. It is possible to work with this unit in 2 ways: REAL mode (continuous or transient analysis). SIMULATED mode. The unit consists mainly of an interface for the conditioning of input and output signals. For its part, this one will be connected to the computer (through a SCSI wire and a data acquisition board) and to the two subsystems that we try to control: Gate subsystem. Turbine-generator subsystem. The unit has (in the interface) some switches to establish different loads to the generator output and different conditions of the real system. Gate subsystem: It consists of a motor that controls the gate opening, and some mechanisms that emulate it. Turbine-generator system: This subsystem will be analyzed separately or linked up with the previous one, achieving that the motor that simulates the turbine turns according to the gate opening percentage. This turbine is connected with a generator system and with a system that simulates different loads (inductive, capacitive or resistive). Three loads in parallel are connected at the generator output, that simulate the consumption of the energy distribution system: Variable resistance. Capacitance. Inductance. Control interface. 2 SCE/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software: Flexible, open and multicontrol software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second guaranteed. It allows the registration of the alarms state and the graphic representation in real time. This Software has got 2 operating modes: REAL mode: through motors, actuators and sensors that the unit includes (Continuous, transient). SIMULATED mode: through the mathematical modelization of the motors, previously mentioned. 3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation. 4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals. Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 500x450x200 mm. Weight: 25 Kg. 6.- Systems & Automatics 1 More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/automationsystems/ 1.- Modelization of the motor as a standard motor. 2.- Modelization of the motor with the constants corrections of the mathematical model. 3.- Calculation of the dynamos speed constant. 4.- Obtaining of the transient responses of the gate motor. 5.- Obtaining of the transient response of the turbine motor. 6.- Obtaining of the transient response of the gate simulated motor. 7.- Obtaining of the transient response of the turbine simulated motor. 8.- C o m p a r a t i v e a n a l y s i s between the responses of the practices 4,5,6, and 7. 9.- Comparative analysis the transient response the turbine real motor the transient response the simulated motor resistive load. of of vs of for 11.- Comparative analysis of transient response of turbine real motor vs transient response of simulated motor inductive load. 12.- Comparative analysis of the response response of the gate real motor vs the response of the gate simulated motor for continuous control signals. 13.- Comparative analysis of the response of the gate real motor vs the response of the gate simulated motor for sinusoidal control signals. 14.- Comparative analysis of the response of the gate real motor vs the response of the gate simulated motor for square control signals. 15.- Comparative analysis of the response of the gate real motor vs the response of the gate simulated motor for triangular control signals. 10.-Comparative analysis of the transient response of the turbine real motor v s t h e transient response of the simulated motor for capacitive load. systems/SCE.pdf SBB. Ball and Beam System SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY Unit for the study of the stabilization of a naturally unstable system, and control of the position of the ball. The system allows to place a ball moving along a guide, oscillating from the central point, at any desired point of the guide. Self-contained unit with direct connection to the main, and with interface with other systems through terminals, to connect the inputs and outputs. All power and electronics measurements inside de unit. Possibility to use an analogical or digital controller. The unit includes: DC motor with gear box, and armature controlled, that alllows the oscillating movement of the guide adjusted to the motor axis. Rod with guide for ball displacement and Ball. Ball position sensor in the guide, rod inclination angle (potentiometer) and motor speed (tachometric dynamo). More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/ units/automationsystems/systems/SBB.pdf CPVM. DC Motor Position and Speed Control Page 84 the the the the for PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
